See in Reader
424 KiB
424 KiB
| 1 | Reference | ID | Tags | SupportReference | Quote | Occurrence | Note |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | front:intro | h5yn | 0 | # Introduction to 1 Kings\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Kings\n\n1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1–2:46)\n1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)\n * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)\n * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)\n * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)\n1. The kingdom divides (12:1–14:31)\n * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)\n * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)\n * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)\n * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)\n1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1–22:53)\n * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)\n * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)\n * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)\n * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)\n * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)\n * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)\n * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)\n * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)\n * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)\n\n### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?\n\nThese books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.\n\nIn the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.\n\nThe Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?\n\nThese books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?\n\nIn the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.\n\n### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?\n\nThe writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.\n\n### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?\n\nThe name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])\n\n### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?\n\nThe Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends. | |||
| 3 | 1:intro | v496 | 0 | # 1 Kings 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1–2:46)\n * Abishag begins to take care of King David (1:1–4)\n * Adonijah claims to be the next king (1:5–10)\n * Nathan advises Bathsheba on how to respond (1:11–14)\n * Bathsheba and Nathan inform King David about Adonijah (1:15–27)\n * King David responds by appointing Solomon as the next king (1:28–37)\n * Solomon is proclaimed as the next king (1:38–40)\n * Jonathan informs Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them about Solomon (1:41–48)\n * Solomon has mercy on Adonijah (1:49–53)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The next king\n\nIt was customary in this culture for a king, when he became old or died, to be succeeded as king by one of his sons. King David had many sons with many different wives, and he had not indicated which son would be king after him. So, Adonijah, one of the oldest sons, decided that he wanted to be king. He invited many important people to a feast, and they all agreed that he should be the next king. However, some other important people went to King David and asked him to make Solomon, one of Adonijah’s younger brothers, the next king. When David agreed to do this, everyone who agreed that Adonijah should be the next king ran away and no longer supported him. Be sure that your readers understand that the narrative of this chapter is about who will be the next king after King David.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Symbolic actions\n\nIn this chapter, people perform several different kinds of actions that had special significance in their culture. When someone sits on a throne, it indicates that this person has power and authority. When people bow or prostrate themselves before someone else, it indicates that they are honoring and giving respect to that person. When someone is anointed with oil, it indicates that this person is being commissioned to accomplish a specific task or fill a specific role. If the significance of these actions would be misunderstood in your culture, you state their meaning explicitly in your translation. See the notes on the verses that describe these actions for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations with individual people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |||
| 4 | 1:1 | ji2s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | וְהַמֶּ֤לֶךְ | 1 | Here, the word **Now** introduces something that happened sometime after the events narrated at the end of the previous book (see [2 Samuel 24:1–25](../2sa/24/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a later event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on, the king” | |
| 5 | 1:1 | b43p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | זָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּיָּמִ֑ים | 1 | The phrases **was old** and **came into the days** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “was extremely old” | |
| 6 | 1:1 | r7r4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בָּ֖א בַּיָּמִ֑ים | 1 | Here, the phrase **he came into the days** indicates that David had lived very many **days**, so he was extremely old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was advanced in age” or “he had lived a long time” | |
| 7 | 1:1 | pwg1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וַיְכַסֻּ֨הוּ֙ | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to David’s servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “and his attendants covered him” | |
| 8 | 1:1 | nlyt | וְלֹ֥א יִחַ֖ם לֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “but he could not keep warm” | ||
| 9 | 1:2 | xp8f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | עֲבָדָ֗יו | 1 | Here, the word **servants** could refer to: (1) important officials or attendants in David’s court. Alternate translation: “his courtiers” or “his advisors” (1) attendants, perhaps the same people mentioned in the previous verse who tried to keep David warm. Alternate translation: “his attendants” | |
| 10 | 1:2 | qgvp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | וַיֹּ֧אמְרוּ ל֣וֹ עֲבָדָ֗יו יְבַקְשׁ֞וּ לַאדֹנִ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ נַעֲרָ֣ה בְתוּלָ֔ה וְעָֽמְדָה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וּתְהִי־ל֖וֹ סֹכֶ֑נֶת וְשָׁכְבָ֣ה בְחֵיקֶ֔ךָ וְחַ֖ם לַאדֹנִ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ׃\n | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “And his servants asked him if people could seek for him, the king, a young woman, a virgin, so that she could stand to his face. They told him that she would be one who is useful for him, and she would lie in his bosom, and it would be warm for him, the king” | |
| 11 | 1:2 | d6bi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | יְבַקְשׁ֞וּ | 1 | The pronoun **They** refers to the people whom the **servants** sent to seek for the young woman. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to an indefinite group of people. Alternate translation: “Certain people are seeking” | |
| 12 | 1:2 | h7l7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | לַאדֹנִ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ & לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ & ל֖וֹ & לַאדֹנִ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | These **servants** addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “for you, my great king, … to your face … for you … for you, my great king”\n | |
| 13 | 1:2 | og7b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְעָֽמְדָה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י | 1 | Here the servants speak of how the young woman will always serve the king as if she would **stand to the face of the king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and she will always be ready to serve” | |
| 14 | 1:2 | v3bw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְשָׁכְבָ֣ה בְחֵיקֶ֔ךָ | 1 | Here the servants imply that the young woman will sleep in David’s bed with him and will physically touch him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and she will lie down in your arms” or “she will hug you as you sleep” | |
| 15 | 1:2 | ajpi | וְחַ֖ם לַאדֹנִ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | Alternate translation: “and she will keep my lord the king warm” | ||
| 16 | 1:3 | f51x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וַיְבַקְשׁוּ֙ & וַֽיִּמְצְא֗וּ & וַיָּבִ֥אוּ | 1 | The pronoun **they** throughout this verse could refer to: (1) the people whom the servants were speaking about in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And certain people sought … And they found … and they brought” (2) the servants who were speaking in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And those servants sought … And they found … and they brought” | |
| 17 | 1:3 | jj8h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | בְּכֹ֖ל גְּב֣וּל יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | The author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in most of the territory of Israel” | |
| 18 | 1:3 | pts5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲבִישַׁג֙ | 1 | The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman. | |
| 19 | 1:3 | lg2h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַשּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית | 1 | The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. Alternate translation: “from Shunem” | |
| 20 | 1:4 | xn7r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | יָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “was abundantly beautiful” | |
| 21 | 1:4 | iqxr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | יָפָ֣ה עַד־מְאֹ֑ד | 1 | Here, the phrase **as far as abundance** indicates that Abishag was extremely **beautiful**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was very beautiful” | |
| 22 | 1:4 | wexy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | וְהַמֶּ֖לֶךְ לֹ֥א יְדָעָֽהּ | 1 | The author is referring to having sex in a polite way by using the word **know**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “but the king did not sleep with her” or “but the king did not have sexual relations with her”\n | |
| 23 | 1:5-6 | r96c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge | וַאֲדֹנִיָּ֧ה בֶן־חַגִּ֛ית מִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א לֵאמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ וַיַּ֣עַשׂ ל֗וֹ רֶ֚כֶב וּפָ֣רָשִׁ֔ים וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְפָנָֽיו & וְלֹֽא־עֲצָב֨וֹ אָבִ֤יו מִיָּמָיו֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ וְגַם־ה֤וּא טֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד וְאֹת֥וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [1:5](../01/05.md) and [1:6](../01/06.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to give the background information about Adonijah before stating what he did. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah was the son of Haggith. She had borne him after Absalom, and he was very good of form. His father had not pained him from his days, saying, ‘Why have you done so?’ He lifted himself up, saying, ‘I, myself, will reign.’ And he made for himself a chariot and horsemen and 50 men running to his face.”\n | |
| 24 | 1:5 | j538 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חַגִּ֛ית | 1 | The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives. | |
| 25 | 1:5 | uqt7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מִתְנַשֵּׂ֥א | 1 | He the author speaks of how **Adonijah** began to take power and demand honor as if he were literally lifting himself up in the air. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “exalted himself” or “began to take honor and power” | |
| 26 | 1:5 | oxnm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | לֵאמֹ֖ר אֲנִ֣י אֶמְלֹ֑ךְ | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that he himself would reign” | |
| 27 | 1:5 | gxh9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | רֶ֚כֶב | 1 | Here, the word translated **chariot** could: (1) refer to one **chariot** that Adonijah rode in. Alternate translation: “one chariot” (2) refer to multiple chariots using a singular form. Alternate translation: “chariots” | |
| 28 | 1:5 | u44y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ רָצִ֥ים לְפָנָֽיו | 1 | Here the author implies that these **50 men** were a special guard who escorted Adonijah when he went anywhere. They **ran** along with the chariot that he rode in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and 50 men who ran with him as his guard” or “and a special group of 50 men who ran with him to honor and protect him” | |
| 29 | 1:6 | wpj5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְלֹֽא־עֲצָב֨וֹ אָבִ֤יו | 1 | Here the author speaks of how David could have confronted or rebuked Adonijah as if it were paining him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And his father did not confront him” or “And his father did not discipline him” | |
| 30 | 1:6 | pyhq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִיָּמָיו֙ | 1 | Here, the phrase **from his days** refers to all of Adonijah’s life up to this point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during his life up to this point” or “ever” | |
| 31 | 1:6 | v46e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking why he had done something.” | |
| 32 | 1:6 | eh22 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מַדּ֖וּעַ כָּ֣כָה עָשִׂ֑יתָ | 1 | The author illustrates how David might used the question form to rebuke Adonijah. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know that you should not have done so.” or “You should not have done so!” | |
| 33 | 1:6 | baeh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | טֽוֹב־תֹּ֨אַר֙ מְאֹ֔ד | 1 | Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a **form** that is **good**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “had a very good form” | |
| 34 | 1:6 | g811 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְאֹת֥וֹ יָלְדָ֖ה אַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁלֽוֹם | 1 | Here the author implies that Adonijah’s mother, Haggith, **had borne** Adonijah after Absalom’s mother bore him. In other words, Adonijah was the next youngest son of David after **Absalom**. However, Adonijah and Absalom did not have the same mother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and Haggith had borne him after Absalom’s mother had borne Absalom” or “and he was the son of David who was born after Absalom was born” | |
| 35 | 1:7 | yk92 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּהְי֣וּ דְבָרָ֔יו | 1 | Here, the phrase **his words were with** indicates that Adonijah discussed his plans with **Joab** and **Abiathar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he conspired” or “And he discussed his plans” | |
| 36 | 1:7 | lla5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צְרוּיָ֔ה | 1 | The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister. | |
| 37 | 1:7 | a99r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַֽיַּעְזְר֔וּ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֲדֹנִיָּֽה | 1 | Here the author implies that **Joab** and **Abiathar** supported Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they supported and helped Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “And they backed Adonijah as the next king” | |
| 38 | 1:8 | sj3w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְרֵעִ֔י | 1 | The word **Rei** is the name of a man. | |
| 39 | 1:8 | uqjp | אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְדָוִ֑ד | 1 | Alternate translation: “who served David” | ||
| 40 | 1:8 | ernv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לֹ֥א הָי֖וּ עִם־אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ | 1 | Here the author implies that these people did not support Adonijah in his plans to become the next king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “did not support and help Adonijah as he tried to become king” or “did not back Adonijah as the next king” | |
| 41 | 1:9 | spdi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וּמְרִ֔יא | 1 | In this verse, the word **fatling** is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings”\n | |
| 42 | 1:9 | k2ub | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | וּמְרִ֔יא | 1 | Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten” | |
| 43 | 1:9 | lp17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶ֣בֶן הַזֹּחֶ֔לֶת | 1 | The word **Zoheleth** is the name of a specific **stone** that was somewhere near Jerusalem. | |
| 44 | 1:9 | xh7g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֵ֣ין רֹגֵ֑ל | 1 | The phrase **En Rogel** is the name of a spring that was in a valley near Jerusalem. The word **En** means “spring.”\n | |
| 45 | 1:9 | q3zv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | אֶת־כָּל־אֶחָיו֙ & וּלְכָל־אַנְשֵׁ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה | 1 | As the following verse makes clear, the author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost all of his brothers … and to almost all the men of Judah” | |
| 46 | 1:10 | lek3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה אָחִ֖יו | 1 | **Solomon** was the younger **brother** of Adonijah. Also, he had a different mother than Adonijah did, so he was Adonijah’s half-brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “Solomon, his younger half-brother” | |
| 47 | 1:11 | bzi1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked” | |
| 48 | 1:11 | l2v9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲל֣וֹא שָׁמַ֔עַתְּ כִּ֥י מָלַ֖ךְ אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגִּ֑ית וַאֲדֹנֵ֥ינוּ דָוִ֖ד לֹ֥א יָדָֽע | 1 | Nathan is using the question form to inform Bathsheba of something. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I tell you that Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know.” or “Adonijah the son of Haggith reigns, and our master David does not know!” | |
| 49 | 1:11 | ae8u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חַגִּ֑ית | 1 | The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives.\n | |
| 50 | 1:11 | pb3p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | מָלַ֖ךְ | 1 | Here Nathan implies that **Adonijah** is trying to reign. Nathan believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king” | |
| 51 | 1:11 | cu6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | וַאֲדֹנֵ֥ינוּ | 1 | By **our**, Nathan means himself, Bathsheba, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. | |
| 52 | 1:12 | g4ab | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לְכִ֛י | 1 | Here Nathan speaks as if he wants Bathsheba to **come** to him. He means that she should listen to him and act with him. Alternate translation: “listen” or “trust me” | |
| 53 | 1:12 | ggsp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | אִיעָצֵ֥ךְ נָ֖א עֵצָ֑ה | 1 | Here, **let me advise you with advice** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. | |
| 54 | 1:12 | dnmx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | וּמַלְּטִי֙ | 1 | Here, the word **and** introduces the purpose for which Bathsheba should let Nathan **advise** her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that you may save” | |
| 55 | 1:12 | gg4x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | אֶת־נַפְשֵׁ֔ךְ וְאֶת־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בְּנֵ֖ךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you and your son Solomon will live” | |
| 56 | 1:13 | yp71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | לְכִ֞י וּבֹ֣אִי | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say only **Go** or **come** instead of both **Go** and **come**. Alternate translation: “Go” or “Come” | |
| 57 | 1:13 | luyd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | וְאָמַ֤רְתְּ אֵלָיו֙ הֲלֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַאֲמָֽתְךָ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑י וּמַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “and you shall ask him whether he, your master the king, has not sworn to you, his female servant, saying that surely Solomon your son would reign after him, and he would sit on his throne. And you will ask him Adonijah reigns.” | |
| 58 | 1:13 | v5dq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲלֹֽא־אַתָּ֞ה אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֗לֶךְ נִשְׁבַּ֤עְתָּ לַאֲמָֽתְךָ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑י | 1 | Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to remind David of what he had previously promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Remember that you, my master the king, have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’” or “Do not forget, my master the king, that you have sworn to your female servant, saying, ‘Surely Solomon your son will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne’!” | |
| 59 | 1:13 | pg8n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | לַאֲמָֽתְךָ֙ | 1 | Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba speak about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant” | |
| 60 | 1:13 | wiwh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | If you keep the direct quotation here, consider natural ways of introducing it. Alternate translation: “when you said” | |
| 61 | 1:13 | d3rt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑י | 1 | These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne” | |
| 62 | 1:13 | rwb6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יֵשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֑י | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king” | |
| 63 | 1:13 | k3xw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | וּמַדּ֖וּעַ מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ | 1 | Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should use the question form to inform David of something that is contrary to what he already promised. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “However, I tell you that Adonijah reigns.” or “So, Adonijah the son of Haggith should not reign!”\n | |
| 64 | 1:13 | rtfq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | מָלַ֥ךְ אֲדֹנִיָֽהוּ | 1 | Here Nathan suggests that Bathsheba should imply that Adonijah is trying to **reign**. Nathan and Bathsheba believe that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “does Adonijah attempt to reign” or “does Adonijah want to make himself king” | |
| 65 | 1:14 | pesp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | הִנֵּ֗ה | 1 | Nathan is using the term **Behold** to draw attention to what he plans to do while Bathsheba is talking with David. Your language may have a comparable way of calling attention to this event that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “After that” or “Right away” | |
| 66 | 1:14 | p4uw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | וַאֲנִי֙ אָב֣וֹא | 1 | Nathan uses the word **myself** to emphasize how significant it will be that he will **come in**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “then I, yes I, will come in” | |
| 67 | 1:14 | jam0 | אַחֲרַ֔יִךְ | 1 | Alternate translation: “after you do” | ||
| 68 | 1:14 | c78s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וּמִלֵּאתִ֖י אֶת־דְּבָרָֽיִךְ | 1 | Here Nathan speaks as if Bathsheba’s **words** were containers that were partly full and that he would **fill** them up completely. He means that he will confirm that what Bathsheba has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and will testify to the truth of your words” or “and confirm what you have said” | |
| 69 | 1:15 | r77r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure | וַתָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע אֶל־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַחַ֔דְרָה וְהַמֶּ֖לֶךְ זָקֵ֣ן מְאֹ֑ד וַֽאֲבִישַׁג֙ הַשּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית מְשָׁרַ֖ת אֶת־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the background information before narrating what Bathsheba did. Alternate translation: “Now the king was very old, and Abishag the Shunammite was attending the king in his chamber. Then Bathsheba came to the king there” | |
| 70 | 1:15 | ylvk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַתָּבֹ֨א בַת־שֶׁ֤בֶע | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went” | |
| 71 | 1:15 | r8hv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַחַ֔דְרָה | 1 | Here, the word **chamber** refers to the private room in which the king slept. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the room in which he slept” | |
| 72 | 1:15 | b4tq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וַֽאֲבִישַׁג֙ | 1 | The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman. She has already been mentioned in [1:3](../01/03.md).\n | |
| 73 | 1:15 | aexd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַשּׁ֣וּנַמִּ֔ית | 1 | The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you expressed the idea in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “from Shunem” | |
| 74 | 1:16 | i62h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וַתִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַתִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ | 1 | The terms **bowed** and **prostrated herself** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed very respectfully” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself to the ground” | |
| 75 | 1:16 | qt9d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַתִּקֹּ֣ד בַּת־שֶׁ֔בַע וַתִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ | 1 | In Bathsheba’s culture, when people **bowed** and **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself in respect” or “And Bathsheba, to honor him, bowed and prostrated herself” | |
| 76 | 1:16 | fo9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | וַיֹּ֥אמֶר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ מַה־לָּֽךְ | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “And the the king asked what was for her.” | |
| 77 | 1:16 | q1mt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מַה־לָּֽךְ | 1 | Here, the phrase **What is for you** means that the king wished to know what Bathsheba wanted to request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is your desire” or “What can I do for you” | |
| 78 | 1:17 | s7yx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | אַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ בַּֽיהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ לַֽאֲמָתֶ֔ךָ | 1 | Here Bathsheba reminds David about how he swore an oath **by Yahweh your God** that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “you yourself swore before Yahweh your God to your female servant” or “you yourself solemnly promised Yahweh your God before your female servant” | |
| 79 | 1:17 | f3nw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | אַתָּ֨ה נִשְׁבַּ֜עְתָּ | 1 | Bathsheba uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how significant it was that David had made this promise. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “it was you who swore” | |
| 80 | 1:17 | n2c3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | לַֽאֲמָתֶ֔ךָ | 1 | Here Bathsheba speaks about herself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “to me, your female servant,”\n | |
| 81 | 1:17 | zb0n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בַּֽיהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | Here Bathsheba emphasizes that **Yahweh** is David’s **God**, but she implies that **Yahweh** is her **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh, your God and mine” | |
| 82 | 1:17 | ywl1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ & כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽי | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “your God that Solomon my son would surely reign after you, and he would sit on your throne.” | |
| 83 | 1:17 | wq00 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֵ֖ךְ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽי | 1 | These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Surely Solomon your son will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Surely Solomon your son will reign from my throne” | |
| 84 | 1:17 | bt9t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽי | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”\n | |
| 85 | 1:18 | jpi6 | וְעַתָּ֕ה & וְעַתָּ֛ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “And at this time … and at this time” | ||
| 86 | 1:18 | c6z7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֥ה | 1 | Here, the word **behold** draws David’s attention and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I want to inform you of this:” or “please listen to me”\n | |
| 87 | 1:18 | lby1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | מָלָ֑ךְ | 1 | Here Bathsheba implies that Adonijah is trying to reign. Bathsheba believes that David is still the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is attempting to reign” or “wants to make himself king” | |
| 88 | 1:18 | m71q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants | וְעַתָּ֛ה | 1 | Many ancient manuscripts read **and now**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “and you.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. | |
| 89 | 1:19 | vlqt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וּֽמְרִיא | 1 | In this verse, the word **fatling** is singular in form, but it refers to many fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and fatlings” | |
| 90 | 1:19 | hk1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | וּֽמְרִיא | 1 | Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten”\n | |
| 91 | 1:19 | u52n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | לָרֹב֒ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly” | |
| 92 | 1:19 | s7vz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | לְכָל־בְּנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | As the end of the verse makes clear, Bathsheba says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king” | |
| 93 | 1:19 | dfnt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Here Bathsheba addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “of you, the king,”\n | |
| 94 | 1:20 | gosn | וְאַתָּה֙ | 1 | Alternate translation: “But as for you” | ||
| 95 | 1:20 | zomp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants | וְאַתָּה֙ | 1 | Many ancient manuscripts read **And you**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “And now.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. | |
| 96 | 1:20 | zlc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | עֵינֵ֥י כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עָלֶ֑יךָ | 1 | Here, **eyes** represents attention and focus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the attention of all Israel is on you” or “all Israel is focusing on you” | |
| 97 | 1:20 | ux2p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽי־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽיו | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”\n | |
| 98 | 1:20 | ze0o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֲדֹנִֽי־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽיו | 1 | Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, after you” | |
| 99 | 1:21 | pu6x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | כִּשְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽי־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑יו | 1 | Here Bathsheba addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “as soon as you, my lord the king, lie down with your fathers” | |
| 100 | 1:21 | jz9e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | כִּשְׁכַ֥ב אֲדֹנִֽי־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑יו | 1 | Bathsheba is referring to David’s death in a polite way by using the phrase **lies down with his fathers**, which refers to being buried near one’s ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “as soon as my master the king passes away” or “as soon as my lord the king dies and is buried with his fathers”\n | |
| 101 | 1:21 | nvdv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | אֲבֹתָ֑יו | 1 | Bathsheba is using **fathers** to represent David’s ancestors in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ancestors” | |
| 102 | 1:21 | z8su | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | וְהָיִ֗יתִי אֲנִ֛י וּבְנִ֥י שְׁלֹמֹ֖ה | 1 | Bathsheba uses the word **myself** to emphasize how concerned she is for her safety. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that, as for me, I and my son Solomon will be” | |
| 103 | 1:21 | prc8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | חַטָּאִֽים | 1 | Here Bathsheba implies that whoever becomes king will treat her and Solomon as they had sinned against the new king. She means that the new king will punish them severely, perhaps by executing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “considered traitors” or “executed as sinners” | |
| 104 | 1:22 | jcix | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֛ה | 1 | Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “And listen” or “And right away”\n | |
| 105 | 1:22 | cdps | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | בָּֽא | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” | |
| 106 | 1:23 | zyaf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וַיַּגִּ֤ידוּ | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to David’s servants or attendants. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “And the king’s attendants told”\n | |
| 107 | 1:23 | u17h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” | |
| 108 | 1:23 | taxr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֖ה | 1 | Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Look” | |
| 109 | 1:23 | v4kq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | נָתָ֣ן הַנָּבִ֑יא | 1 | The servants are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Nathan the prophet has come” | |
| 110 | 1:23 | mzok | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיָּבֹא֙ לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Here the author implies that Bathsheba left the king before Nathan went to him (see [1:28](../01/28.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went away, and Nathan came before the face of the king” | |
| 111 | 1:23 | tsg5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּשְׁתַּ֧חוּ לַמֶּ֛לֶךְ עַל־אַפָּ֖יו אָֽרְצָה | 1 | In Nathan’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Nathan’s **nostrils** were toward **the ground** to indicate that Nathan **prostrated** himself on **the ground**, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to the king in deep respect, with his nose touching the ground” or “and Nathan, to honor the king greatly, prostrated himself upon the ground”\n | |
| 112 | 1:24 | uw9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽי | 1 | Nathan is using the question form to inform David that Adonijah is acting as if David named him the next king. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Adonijah is acting as if you yourself said, ‘Adonijah will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne.’” | |
| 113 | 1:24 | mhc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽי | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “have you yourself said that Adonijah will reign after you and sit on your throne” | |
| 114 | 1:24 | lm0k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | אֲדֹנִיָּ֖הוּ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרָ֑י וְה֖וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽי | 1 | These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne” or “Adonijah will reign from my throne” | |
| 115 | 1:24 | vmf5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִֽי | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule” or “will sit on my throne as king”\n | |
| 116 | 1:25 | jkrd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | כִּ֣י | 1 | Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Nathan asks David if he has appointed Adonijah as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I ask because” or “Here is why I ask that:” | |
| 117 | 1:25 | k2il | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | יָרַ֣ד הַיּ֗וֹם | 1 | Here, Nathan implies that Adonijah **has gone down** to the area near En Rogel (see [1:9](../01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he has gone down today to the area near En Rogel” | |
| 118 | 1:25 | a8sl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | יָרַ֣ד | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “he has come down” | |
| 119 | 1:25 | ktj5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | שׁ֥וֹר וּֽמְרִיא | 1 | In this verse, the words **ox** and **fatling** are singular in form, but they refer to many oxen and fatlings as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “oxen and fatlings” | |
| 120 | 1:25 | y76y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | וּֽמְרִיא | 1 | Here, the word **fatling** refers to an animal that has been fed a lot of food so that it becomes fat and is very good to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “and animals that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat” or “and young cows that were specially prepared to be eaten” | |
| 121 | 1:25 | me77 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | לָרֹב֒ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **abundance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “abundantly” | |
| 122 | 1:25 | skc2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | לְכָל־בְּנֵ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ | 1 | As the context makes clear, Nathan says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “to almost all of the sons of the king” | |
| 123 | 1:25 | yg1f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ | 1 | Here Nathan addresses king David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king,” | |
| 124 | 1:25 | unrg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנָּ֛ם | 1 | Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “And listen, they” or “And hear this: they” | |
| 125 | 1:25 | xm46 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ יְחִ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And they wish that king Adonijah would live” | |
| 126 | 1:25 | regl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness | יְחִ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ | 1 | Here, the phrase **Let the king Adonijah live** is a polite way to wish that Adonijah will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Adonijah will have a long life” or “We wish the king Adonijah well” | |
| 127 | 1:26 | khld | אֲנִֽי־עַ֠בְדֶּךָ & וְלִשְׁלֹמֹ֥ה עַבְדְּךָ֖ | 1 | Alternate translation: “I who serve you … and to Solomon, who serves you” | ||
| 128 | 1:27 | pruw | אִ֗ם מֵאֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֑ה וְלֹ֤א הוֹדַ֨עְתָּ֙ אֶֽת־עבדיך מִ֗י יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽי־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽיו | 1 | This sentence could be translated: (1) in question form. See the UST. (2) in conditional form. Alternate translation: “If this matter has been done from with my lord the king, then you have not caused your servants to know who will sit on the throne of my lord the king after him.” | ||
| 129 | 1:27 | pvgk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | מֵאֵת֙ אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ נִהְיָ֖ה הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my lord the king done this matter” | |
| 130 | 1:27 | b3wq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִֽי־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽיו | 1 | Here Nathan addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, … you, my lord the king, after you”\n | |
| 131 | 1:27 | ckp4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants | אֶֽת־עבדיך | 1 | Jewish scribes instructed synagogue readers to say “servant” when they got to the word translated **servants**. In that case, the word refers only to Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. | |
| 132 | 1:27 | s1tl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יֵשֵׁ֛ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֥א אֲדֹנִֽי־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַחֲרָֽיו | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on the throne of my lord the king to rule after him” or “will sit on the throne of my lord the king as king after him”\n | |
| 133 | 1:28 | vs19 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַיַּ֨עַן הַמֶּ֤לֶךְ דָּוִד֙ וַיֹּ֔אמֶר | 1 | The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king David answered him by saying” or “And the king David said” | |
| 134 | 1:28 | dkzb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיֹּ֔אמֶר | 1 | Here, the author implies that **David** spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and said to some of his attendants” | |
| 135 | 1:28 | g68v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַתָּבֹא֙ לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וַֽתַּעֲמֹ֖ד לִפְנֵ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | This sentence contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the sentence. Alternate translation: “And she came and stood to the face of the king” | |
| 136 | 1:28 | qjq7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַתָּבֹא֙ | 1 | Here the author implies that Nathan left the king before Bathsheba came back in (see [1:32](../01/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit here. Alternate translation: “And Nathan went away, and Bathsheba came” | |
| 137 | 1:28 | i7hb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַתָּבֹא֙ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And she went” | |
| 138 | 1:29 | i97z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַיִּשָּׁבַ֥ע הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר | 1 | The two words **swore** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king swore to her by saying” or “And the king swore”\n | |
| 139 | 1:29 | wkky | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | חַי־יְהוָ֕ה | 1 | Here David makes an oath that he will do what he promises in the following verse. He is indicating that Bathsheba can rely on his promise as much as she can rely on the fact that **Yahweh** is **alive**. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “As certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “You can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive” | |
| 140 | 1:29 | nn4m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֲשֶׁר־פָּדָ֥ה אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖י מִכָּל־צָרָֽה | 1 | Here David speaks of how God has rescued him from **every distress** as if God had **ransomed** his **life** from the **distress**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has saved my life in every distress”\n | |
| 141 | 1:29 | ipvd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | נַפְשִׁ֖י מִכָּל־צָרָֽה | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **life** and **distress**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “me whenever anything distressed me” | |
| 142 | 1:30 | g1w1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | כִּ֡י | 1 | David is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that” | |
| 143 | 1:30 | xg17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | נִשְׁבַּ֨עְתִּי לָ֜ךְ בַּיהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ | 1 | Here David refers to how he swore an oath by **Yahweh the God of Israel** that he would make Solomon the next king. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I have sworn before Yahweh the God of Israel to you” or “I have solemnly promised Yahweh the God of Israel in your presence”\n | |
| 144 | 1:30 | yfnk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר כִּֽי־שְׁלֹמֹ֤ה בְנֵךְ֙ יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔י וְה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖י תַּחְתָּ֑י כִּ֛י | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that Solomon your son would surely reign after me and that he would sit on my throne in place, surely” | |
| 145 | 1:30 | pys0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “which I did when I said” | |
| 146 | 1:30 | k52y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | יִמְלֹ֣ךְ אַחֲרַ֔י וְה֛וּא יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖י תַּחְתָּ֑י | 1 | These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. See how you expressed the similar form in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will reign after me; yes, he will sit on my throne in my place” or “will reign from my throne in my place”\n | |
| 147 | 1:30 | gmah | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יֵשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖י תַּחְתָּ֑י | 1 | When a person sits on a throne, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “will sit on my throne to rule in my place” or “will sit on my throne as king in my place”\n | |
| 148 | 1:31 | nt1n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַתִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַתִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | In Bathsheba’s culture, when people **bowed** and **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring respecting that person. The author describes how Bathsheba’s **nostrils** were **to the ground** to indicate that Bathsheba lay down with her face on the ground, which was a way to show even more honor or respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed and prostrated herself to the king in deep respect, with her nose touching the ground” or “And Bathsheba, to honor the king greatly, bowed and prostrated herself upon the ground” | |
| 149 | 1:31 | uodj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַתִּקֹּ֨ד בַּת־שֶׁ֤בַע אַפַּ֨יִם֙ אֶ֔רֶץ וַתִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַמֶּ֑לֶךְ | 1 | The phrases **bowed, nostrils to the ground** and **prostrated herself** mean similar things. The author is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba bowed, nostrils to the ground, very respectfully to the king” or “And Bathsheba prostrated herself, nostrils to the ground, to the king” | |
| 150 | 1:31 | rdz6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness | יְחִ֗י אֲדֹנִ֛י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד לְעֹלָֽם | 1 | Here, the phrase **May my lord the king David live to eternity** is a polite way to wish that David will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I hope that my lord the king David will have a long life” or “I wish my lord the king David well”\n | |
| 151 | 1:31 | njpx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֲדֹנִ֛י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִ֖ד | 1 | Here Bathsheba addresses **king David** in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king David,”\n | |
| 152 | 1:31 | zu8f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | לְעֹלָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **eternity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally” or “forever” | |
| 153 | 1:32 | c0qp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִ֗ד | 1 | Here, the author implies that David spoke to some of his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king David said to some of his attendants” | |
| 154 | 1:32 | yclm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And they went” | |
| 155 | 1:33 | mp05 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | קְח֤וּ עִמָּכֶם֙ & אֲדֹנֵיכֶ֔ם וְהִרְכַּבְתֶּם֙ אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה בְנִ֔י | 1 | Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the command **Take** and the words **you** and **your** throughout this verse are plural. | |
| 156 | 1:33 | lhx5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-plural | אֲדֹנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | Here David could be using the plural **lords**: (1) to refer to just himself. In this case, he uses the plural form because it was a respectful way to refer to a person who had authority. Alternate translation: “your lord” (2) to refer to all the important officials who still supported David as king. Alternate translation: “the lords who still serve me” | |
| 157 | 1:33 | e68v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֲדֹנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | If David uses the plural form **lords** to refer to himself, then he is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me, your lord”\n | |
| 158 | 1:33 | de2v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גִּחֽוֹן | 1 | The word **Gihon** is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. | |
| 159 | 1:34 | mmcw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וּמָשַׁ֣ח אֹת֣וֹ שָׁ֠ם צָד֨וֹק הַכֹּהֵ֜ן וְנָתָ֧ן הַנָּבִ֛יא לְמֶ֖לֶךְ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | In David’s culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet shall anoint him there to commission him as king over Israel” | |
| 160 | 1:34 | e96w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | צָד֨וֹק הַכֹּהֵ֜ן וְנָתָ֧ן הַנָּבִ֛יא | 1 | Here David speaks to **Zadok** and **Nathan** in the third person in order to give them specific instructions. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form. Alternate translation: “you, Zadok the priest, and you, Nathan the prophet,” | |
| 161 | 1:34 | azqf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | וּתְקַעְתֶּם֙ & וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם | 1 | Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word **you** throughout this verse is plural. | |
| 162 | 1:34 | tg3o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וּתְקַעְתֶּם֙ בַּשּׁוֹפָ֔ר | 1 | In David’s culture, people would **blow with the horn** when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall announce him as king by blowing with the horn” | |
| 163 | 1:34 | f16o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | בַּשּׁוֹפָ֔ר | 1 | The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns” | |
| 164 | 1:34 | wn1a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם יְחִ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and you shall wish that king Solomon would live.”\n | |
| 165 | 1:34 | ecch | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness | יְחִ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה | 1 | Here, the phrase **Let the king Solomon live** is a polite way to wish that Solomon will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well” | |
| 166 | 1:35 | w421 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַעֲלִיתֶ֣ם אַחֲרָ֗יו | 1 | Here David implies that they will go back up to Jerusalem with Solomon and return to the palace. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And you shall go up after him back here to Jerusalem” or “And you shall return after him to the palace” | |
| 167 | 1:35 | qn6j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַעֲלִיתֶ֣ם | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “And you shall come up” | |
| 168 | 1:35 | n5eo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | וַעֲלִיתֶ֣ם | 1 | Because David is speaking to Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah, the word **you** is plural. | |
| 169 | 1:35 | ed1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וּבָא֙ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “and he shall go” | |
| 170 | 1:35 | emxs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וְיָשַׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֔י | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “and sit on my throne to rule” or “and sit on my throne as king”\n | |
| 171 | 1:36 | q1hs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַיַּ֨עַן בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהֽוֹיָדָ֛ע אֶת־הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר | 1 | The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada answered the king by saying” or “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada said to the king”\n | |
| 172 | 1:36 | ggga | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative | כֵּ֚ן יֹאמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | Here Benaiah could be using the statement form: (1) to claim that **Yahweh** has declared the same thing that David has just declared. Alternate translation: “So also declares Yahweh the God of my lord the king” (2) to wish or hope that **Yahweh** will declare or confirm what David has just declared. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king so speak” or “May Yahweh the God of my lord the king confirm that” | |
| 173 | 1:36 | ivtt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲדֹנִ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | Here Benaiah emphasizes that **Yahweh** is David’s **God**, but he implies that **Yahweh** is his **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, my lord the king’s God and mine,” | |
| 174 | 1:36 | u4b9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֲדֹנִ֥י הַמֶּֽלֶךְ | 1 | Here Benaiah addresses King David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king,”\n | |
| 175 | 1:37 | v83u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ & אֲדֹנִ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד | 1 | Here Benaiah addresses David in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king … you, my lord the king David”\n | |
| 176 | 1:37 | l4nd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וִֽיגַדֵּל֙ אֶת־כִּסְא֔וֹ מִ֨כִּסֵּ֔א אֲדֹנִ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ דָּוִֽד | 1 | Here, **throne** represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than the reign of my lord the king David” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than my lord the king David” | |
| 177 | 1:38 | djsb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וְהַכְּרֵתִי֙ וְהַפְּלֵתִ֔י | 1 | In this verse, the words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites”\n | |
| 178 | 1:38 | nk4t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַכְּרֵתִי֙ וְהַפְּלֵתִ֔י | 1 | The words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards. | |
| 179 | 1:38 | p7bx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיֵּ֣רֶד | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And … came down” | |
| 180 | 1:38 | t1rd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גִּחֽוֹן | 1 | The word **Gihon** is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in [1:33](../01/33.md).\n | |
| 181 | 1:39 | yive | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וַיִּקַּח֩ צָד֨וֹק הַכֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַשֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָאֹ֔הֶל וַיִּמְשַׁ֖ח | 1 | Here the author indicates that **Zadok** had taken **the horn of the oil from the tent** before he went with Solomon to Gihon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form that gives background information. Alternate translation: “Before they went to Gihon, Zadok the priest had taken the horn of the oil from the tent. After they arrived in Gihon, he anointed” | |
| 182 | 1:39 | l324 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶת־קֶ֤רֶן הַשֶּׁ֨מֶן֙ מִן־הָאֹ֔הֶל | 1 | Here, the author is referring to a special **horn** full of olive **oil** that was kept in the special **tent** that was dedicated to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the special horn full of olive oil from the tent that was dedicated to God” | |
| 183 | 1:39 | v593 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּמְשַׁ֖ח אֶת־שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה | 1 | In this culture, when a person was **anointed**, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role, in this case that of king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “and he anointed Solomon to commission him as king”\n | |
| 184 | 1:39 | uf1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַֽיִּתְקְעוּ֙ בַּשּׁוֹפָ֔ר | 1 | In this culture, people **blew with the horn** when they wanted to announce something important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of that action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they announced him as king by blowing with the horn”\n | |
| 185 | 1:39 | v35b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וַֽיִּתְקְעוּ֙ | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to some people who were there. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to people there more directly. Alternate translation: “And people who were there blew” | |
| 186 | 1:39 | h4w4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | בַּשּׁוֹפָ֔ר | 1 | The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with horns”\n | |
| 187 | 1:39 | jxsy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | כָּל־הָעָ֔ם | 1 | The author says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that many people were there, and they were the ones who spoke the following words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there” | |
| 188 | 1:39 | nsy8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness | יְחִ֖י הַמֶּ֥לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹֽה | 1 | Here, the phrase **Let the king Solomon live** is a polite way to wish that **Solomon** will have a long and good life. This was a respectful way to honor and bless a person in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite form or make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “We hope that the king Solomon will have a long life” or “We wish the king Solomon well”\n | |
| 189 | 1:40 | low5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיַּעֲל֤וּ כָל־הָעָם֙ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And all the people came up” | |
| 190 | 1:40 | bhc5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | כָל־הָעָם֙ | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [1:39](../01/39.md). Alternate translation: “very many people” or “each person there” | |
| 191 | 1:40 | s22x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | וּשְׂמֵחִ֖ים שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | Here, **were rejoicing {with} great joy** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and were extremely pleased” | |
| 192 | 1:40 | ohiv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “very joyfully” | |
| 193 | 1:40 | ptcj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַתִּבָּקַ֥ע הָאָ֖רֶץ בְּקוֹלָֽם | 1 | Here the author speaks as if the people were so loud that **the earth was split** by the noise that they were making. He means that they were extremely loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the earth was shaken by their sound” or “And their sound was very loud” | |
| 194 | 1:40 | n41m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַתִּבָּקַ֥ע הָאָ֖רֶץ בְּקוֹלָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And their sound split the earth” | |
| 195 | 1:41 | pqat | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְכָל־הַקְּרֻאִים֙ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “and all the ones whom he had called” | |
| 196 | 1:41 | rgcb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | וְהֵ֖ם כִּלּ֣וּ לֶאֱכֹ֑ל | 1 | Here, the word **and** introduces something that was happening when Adonijah and the people with him **heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event. Alternate translation: “as they finished eating” | |
| 197 | 1:41 | x7ho | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | הַשּׁוֹפָ֔ר | 1 | The word **horn** represents horns in general, not one particular horn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “horns”\n | |
| 198 | 1:41 | oc2t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | וַיֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֥וּעַ קֽוֹל־הַקִּרְיָ֖ה הוֹמָֽה | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and he asked why the sound of the city was noisy.” | |
| 199 | 1:41 | c192 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | קֽוֹל־הַקִּרְיָ֖ה | 1 | Here, Joab is using the possessive form to describe a **sound** that is coming from **the city**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sound in the city” | |
| 200 | 1:42 | tqo3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֧ה | 1 | Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “and just then” or “and suddenly” | |
| 201 | 1:42 | n2wh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | בָּ֑א | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went there” | |
| 202 | 1:42 | w4dv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בֹּ֔א | 1 | Here, the word **Come** indicates that Adonijah welcomes Jonathan to the place where they were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that someone is welcome. Alternate translation: “You may come here” or “Come in” | |
| 203 | 1:42 | zyy3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אִ֥ישׁ חַ֛יִל | 1 | Here, the phrase **a man of strength** indicates that Adonijah thinks that Jonathan is reliable or trustworthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are a trustworthy man” or “are a reliable man” | |
| 204 | 1:42 | aeak | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative | וְט֥וֹב תְּבַשֵּֽׂר | 1 | Here Adonijah uses the statement form to express what he expects from Jonathan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that describes what someone expects. Alternate translation: “and I expect that you will bring good news” | |
| 205 | 1:43 | gsn1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַיַּ֨עַן֙ יוֹנָתָ֔ן וַיֹּ֖אמֶר לַאֲדֹנִיָּ֑הוּ | 1 | The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And Jonathan answered Adonijah by saying” or “And Jonathan said to Adonijah”\n | |
| 206 | 1:43 | nqvz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | אֲבָ֕ל | 1 | Jonathan is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No, I do not bring good news” | |
| 207 | 1:43 | dvyj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | אֲדֹנֵ֥ינוּ | 1 | By **our**, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. | |
| 208 | 1:44 | nvv5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וְהַכְּרֵתִ֖י וְהַפְּלֵתִ֑י | 1 | In this verse, the words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** are singular in form, but they refer to all the Kerethites and Pelethites as groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “and the Kerethites and the Pelethites” | |
| 209 | 1:44 | bah7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַכְּרֵתִ֖י וְהַפְּלֵתִ֑י | 1 | The words **Kerethite** and **Pelethite** refer to two groups of people. Together, they served King David as his bodyguards. See how you translated these names in [1:38](../01/38.md).\n | |
| 210 | 1:45 | du50 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּמְשְׁח֣וּ אֹת֡וֹ צָד֣וֹק הַכֹּהֵ֣ן וְנָתָן֩ הַנָּבִ֨יא לְמֶ֜לֶךְ | 1 | In this culture, when a person was anointed, they were being commissioned to do a specific task or fill a specific role. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the meaning of this action more explicit. Alternate translation: “And Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet have anointed him to commission him as king”\n | |
| 211 | 1:45 | kzt0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּגִח֗וֹן | 1 | The word Gihon is the name of a spring near the city of Jerusalem, on the east side. See how you translated this name in [1:33](../01/33.md).\n | |
| 212 | 1:45 | to7t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיַּעֲל֤וּ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “and they have come up” | |
| 213 | 1:45 | hotz | וַתֵּהֹ֖ם הַקִּרְיָ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “and there is tumult in the city” or “and the city is full of loud noises” | ||
| 214 | 1:45 | sdix | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | שְׁמַעְתֶּֽם | 1 | Because Jonathan is speaking to Adonijah, Joab, and the people with them, the word **you** here is plural. | |
| 215 | 1:46 | nz69 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יָשַׁ֣ב שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א הַמְּלוּכָֽה | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom to rule” or “Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom as king”\n | |
| 216 | 1:46 | iyut | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | כִּסֵּ֥א הַמְּלוּכָֽה | 1 | Here, Jonathan is using the possessive form to describe a **throne** that represents authority over **the kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the throne for the one who rules over the kingdom”\n | |
| 217 | 1:47 | oezb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | בָּ֜אוּ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” | |
| 218 | 1:47 | n7ta | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לְ֠בָרֵךְ אֶת־אֲדֹנֵ֜ינוּ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ דָּוִד֮ | 1 | Here, people who have less power and status **bless** someone with more power and status. The author implies that the **servants** of David **bless** him by praising him for his decision and wishing that things will go well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to wish our lord the king David well” or “to congratulate our master the king David” | |
| 219 | 1:47 | zl3j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | אֲדֹנֵ֜ינוּ | 1 | By **our**, Jonathan means himself, Adonijah, and the rest of the Israelites, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.\n | |
| 220 | 1:47 | xod7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | יֵיטֵ֨ב אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת־שֵׁ֤ם שְׁלֹמֹה֙ מִשְּׁמֶ֔ךָ | 1 | Here, **name** represents the honor or reputation of the person whose **name** it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God make the reputation of Solomon better than your reputation” or “May God honor Solomon even more than he honored you” | |
| 221 | 1:47 | gd6f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וִֽיגַדֵּ֥ל אֶת־כִּסְא֖וֹ מִכִּסְאֶ֑ךָ | 1 | Here, **throne** represents the rule or reign of the person who sits on the **throne**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and may he make his reign greater than your reign” or “and may he make him a greater ruler than you have been”\n | |
| 222 | 1:47 | jxpe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּֽב | 1 | In David’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. In this case, the author implies that David was showing honor and respect to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to God in respect” or “And the king prostrated himself on the bed to honor God”\n | |
| 223 | 1:48 | civn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | כָּ֖כָה אָמַ֣ר הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ בָּר֨וּךְ יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֥ן הַיּ֛וֹם יֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖י וְעֵינַ֥י רֹאֽוֹת | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the king blessed Yahweh the God of Israel, who had given one sitting on his throne today, while his eyes were seeing” | |
| 224 | 1:48 | v2c2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יֹשֵׁ֥ב עַל־כִּסְאִ֖י | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “one sitting on my throne to rule” or “one sitting on my throne as king”\n | |
| 225 | 1:48 | jejy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְעֵינַ֥י רֹאֽוֹת | 1 | Here, the phrase **my eyes are seeing** indicates that David is still alive and can witness the event of which he speaks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I am still here to see it” or “and I am still living” | |
| 226 | 1:49 | h8ro | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כָּל־הַ֨קְּרֻאִ֔ים | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Adonijah. Alternate translation: “all the ones whom Adonijah had called” | |
| 227 | 1:49 | zi9i | וַיֶּֽחֶרְדוּ֙ | 1 | Alternate translation: “And … trembled with fear” | ||
| 228 | 1:49 | zts9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיֵּלְכ֖וּ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “and they came” | |
| 229 | 1:49 | iqg3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אִ֥ישׁ לְדַרְכּֽוֹ | 1 | Here, the phrase **a man to his way** indicates that these people did not stay together but left in many different directions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each one where he chose” or “scattering to many places” | |
| 230 | 1:50 | ls5i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיָּ֣קָם וַיֵּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Here the author implies that Adonijah left En Rogel and went to the sacred tent of meeting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he left En Rogel and went to the tent of meeting” | |
| 231 | 1:50 | cdsn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיֵּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “and came” | |
| 232 | 1:50 | lg7j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַֽיַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּקַרְנ֥וֹת הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ | 1 | In Adonijah’s culture, people who **grasped the horns of the altar** were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe” | |
| 233 | 1:51 | i1ku | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיֻּגַּ֤ד | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told it” | |
| 234 | 1:51 | yf8t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לִשְׁלֹמֹה֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to Solomon by someone who said” | |
| 235 | 1:51 | hn7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּה֙ & וְ֠הִנֵּה | 1 | Here, the words **Behold** and **behold** draw the attention of the king and ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** and **behold** with words or phrases that ask someone to listen, or you could use a form that introduces something that is significant. Alternate translation: “Listen … And listen to this:” or “I want to tell you this: … Further” | |
| 236 | 1:51 | g2ei | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֶת־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה | 1 | Here the person speaking addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, the king Solomon”\n | |
| 237 | 1:51 | iyir | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אָחַ֞ז בְּקַרְנ֤וֹת הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [1:50](../01/50.md). Alternate translation: “he has grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “he has grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe” | |
| 238 | 1:51 | d8mv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹ֔ר יִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤י כַיּוֹם֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ בֶּחָֽרֶב | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “requesting that the king Solomon swear to him as today, if he would kill his servant with the sword.” | |
| 239 | 1:51 | shzd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 2 | If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he has said”\n | |
| 240 | 1:51 | jy6p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | יִשָּֽׁבַֽע־לִ֤י כַיּוֹם֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה אִם־יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ בֶּחָֽרֶב | 1 | Here Adonijah asks Solomon to swear an oath guaranteeing that he will not **kill** Adonijah. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he wants Solomon to state that something bad will happen to him if he breaks the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Let the king Solomon swear to me as today that God should punish him if he kills his servant with the sword” or “Let the king Solomon swear an oath as today that he will not kill his servant with the sword”\n | |
| 241 | 1:51 | wusi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | כַיּוֹם֙ | 1 | Here, the phrase **as today** refers to the current time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this very day” or “at this moment” | |
| 242 | 1:51 | i1a2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | יָמִ֥ית אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ בֶּחָֽרֶב | 1 | Here Adonijah implies that **Solomon** would have one of his soldiers **kill** Adonijah **with the sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will have a soldier his servant with the sword” | |
| 243 | 1:51 | tutv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ | 1 | Here Adonijah speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “me, his servant,”\n | |
| 244 | 1:51 | v2k0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | בֶּחָֽרֶב | 1 | The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword” | |
| 245 | 1:52 | yobo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | לְבֶן־חַ֔יִל | 1 | Here, the phrase **a son of strength** indicates that Adonijah might act in reliable or trustworthy ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [1:42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “a loyal man” or “a reliable man” | |
| 246 | 1:52 | t3dr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | לֹֽא־יִפֹּ֥ל מִשַּׂעֲרָת֖וֹ אָ֑רְצָה | 1 | Here, the phrase **a hair of his will not fall to the ground** indicates that Solomon will not punish or harm Adonijah in any way, not even by pulling out a single one of his hairs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will punish him” or “he will not be harmed in any way” | |
| 247 | 1:52 | oape | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | רָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖וֹ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “I find evil in him” | |
| 248 | 1:52 | d933 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | רָעָ֥ה תִמָּצֵא־ב֖וֹ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is found to be evil” | |
| 249 | 1:52 | c8gb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וָמֵֽת | 1 | Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “then I will have a soldier kill him”\n | |
| 250 | 1:53 | hwhw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּשְׁלַ֞ח הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה | 1 | Here the author implies that Solomon **sent** some of his attendants or soldiers to bring Adonijah back to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent soldiers to bring Adonijah” | |
| 251 | 1:53 | fvvo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיָּבֹ֕א | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And he went” | |
| 252 | 1:53 | q66p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַמֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה | 1 | In Solomon’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and prostrated himself to the king Solomon in respect” or “and prostrated himself to honor the king Solomon” | |
| 253 | 2:intro | nsa1 | 0 | # 1 Kings 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Exalting oneself\n\nExalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Euphemism\n\nDavid spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parallelism\n\nDavid wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |||
| 254 | 2:1 | ia4n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּקְרְב֥וּ יְמֵֽי־דָוִ֖ד לָמ֑וּת | 1 | Here the author indicates that David was going to die very soon, and he implies that David knew it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the time of David’s death was near” or “And David knew that he was about to die” | |
| 255 | 2:1 | brjt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹֽר | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said:” | |
| 256 | 2:2 | v679 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | אָנֹכִ֣י הֹלֵ֔ךְ בְּדֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | David is referring to his own death in a polite way by using the phrase **I {am} going in the way of all the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “I am going to pass away soon” or “I will soon experience death” | |
| 257 | 2:2 | aqlc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וְחָזַקְתָּ֖ וְהָיִ֥יתָֽ לְאִֽישׁ | 1 | The clauses **you shall be strong** and **you shall become a man** mean similar things. David is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And you shall be very strong” or “And you shall act like a man” | |
| 258 | 2:2 | f68k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְחָזַקְתָּ֖ | 1 | Here David speaks as if he wants Solomon to be physically **strong**. He means that he wants Solomon to be bold and brave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall have courage” or “And you shall be brave” | |
| 259 | 2:2 | n19l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְהָיִ֥יתָֽ לְאִֽישׁ | 1 | Here, the phrase **become a man** indicates that David wants Solomon to be courageous and confident. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall become stouthearted” or “and you shall become confident” | |
| 260 | 2:3 | raca | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֞ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ | 1 | Here, **keep the keeping** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you shall carefully fulfill your obligation to Yahweh your God”\n | |
| 261 | 2:3 | qur0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ | 1 | Here, David is using the possessive form to describe **keeping** that is required by **Yahweh your God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh your God requires you to keep:” | |
| 262 | 2:3 | k77e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ | 1 | Here David emphasizes that **Yahweh** is Solomon’s **God**, but he implies that **Yahweh** is his **God** as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your God and mine,”\n | |
| 263 | 2:3 | z9rt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לָלֶ֤כֶת בִּדְרָכָיו֙ | 1 | David speaks of obeying God as if it were walking in God‘s **ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to act as he desires” or “to live your life in the way that he wishes” | |
| 264 | 2:3 | dgdh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | חֻקֹּתָ֤יו מִצְוֺתָיו֙ וּמִשְׁפָּטָ֣יו וְעֵדְוֺתָ֔יו | 1 | The terms **statutes**, **commandments**, **judgments**, and **testimonies** mean similar things. David is using these four terms together to refer to every kind of command and requirement that God has given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use one, two, or three terms that together refer to every command that God has given. Alternate translation: “his commandments and his judgments and his requirements” or “all his commandments” | |
| 265 | 2:3 | pppa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | חֻקֹּתָ֤יו מִצְוֺתָיו֙ וּמִשְׁפָּטָ֣יו וְעֵדְוֺתָ֔יו | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what he has required, commanded, decided, and testified to” | |
| 266 | 2:3 | o111 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כַּכָּת֖וּב בְּתוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject or indicate that **Moses** did it. Alternate translation: “as people wrote in the law of Moses” | |
| 267 | 2:3 | dd23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּפְנֶ֖ה שָֽׁם | 1 | The expression **everywhere that you turn there** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everywhere you turn”\n | |
| 268 | 2:4 | rt48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | יָקִ֨ים יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־דְּבָר֗וֹ | 1 | Here David speaks as if Yahweh’s **word** were an object that Yahweh could cause **to stand**. He means that Yahweh will do what he said in **his word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may establish his word” or “Yahweh may fulfill his word” | |
| 269 | 2:4 | o4i3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־דְּבָר֗וֹ | 1 | Here, **word** represents what Yahweh said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he said” | |
| 270 | 2:4 | au8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹר֒ אִם־יִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜יךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗ם לָלֶ֤כֶת לְפָנַי֙ בֶּאֱמֶ֔ת בְּכָל־לְבָבָ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשָׁ֑ם לֵאמֹ֕ר לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת לְךָ֙ אִ֔ישׁ מֵעַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that, if my sons keep their way, to walk to Yahweh’s face in truth with all their heart and with all their soul, then a man for me will not be cut off from on the throne of Israel.” | |
| 271 | 2:4 | vbsq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹר֒ & לֵאמֹ֕ר | 1 | If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. David repeats the word **saying** to emphasize that Yahweh said these words. Consider how you might express this emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “when he himself said … and then he added” | |
| 272 | 2:4 | zt1t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | יִשְׁמְר֨וּ בָנֶ֜יךָ אֶת־דַּרְכָּ֗ם לָלֶ֤כֶת לְפָנַי֙ | 1 | Yahweh speaks of obeying him as if it were keeping a **way** and as if it were walking before his **face**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your sons will continue to obey, doing what I desire” or “your sons continue to live their lives in the ways that I wish” | |
| 273 | 2:4 | o789 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | בָנֶ֜יךָ | 1 | Yahweh is using **sons** to represent David’s descendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your offspring” or “the people descended from you” | |
| 274 | 2:4 | pe8i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | בֶּאֱמֶ֔ת | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trust**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a trustworthy way” or “sincerely” | |
| 275 | 2:4 | m9j1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּכָל־לְבָבָ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשָׁ֑ם | 1 | In David’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel, and the **soul** represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** and **soul** by referring to the part of the body where humans do and experience these things in your culture or by expressing the ideas plainly. Alternate translation: “in whatever they desire and in whatever they do” | |
| 276 | 2:4 | nigt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | לְבָבָ֖ם & נַפְשָׁ֑ם | 1 | If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart** and one **soul**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts … their souls”\n | |
| 277 | 2:4 | dul9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵעַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Here Yahweh speaks as if a king were a branch that could be **cut off**. He is referring to how a king could be stopped from reigning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be prevented from sitting on the throne of Israel” | |
| 278 | 2:4 | qtik | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | לֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֤ת & מֵעַ֖ל | 1 | Yahweh is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **cut off**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “will certainly continue” or “will most definitely remain on”\n | |
| 279 | 2:4 | j114 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | מֵעַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֥א יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Here, **throne of Israel** represents rule and authority as king over **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from reigning over Israel” or “from being king of Israel” | |
| 280 | 2:5 | j6vn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֡עְתָּ | 1 | David uses the word **yourself** to emphasize that Solomon knows what he is about say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “as for you, you know” | |
| 281 | 2:5 | cooo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צְרוּיָ֗ה | 1 | The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister.\n | |
| 282 | 2:5 | vc4k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֵת֩ אֲשֶׁר־עָ֨שָׂה לִ֜י יוֹאָ֣ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֣ה לִשְׁנֵֽי־שָׂרֵ֣י | 1 | Here David could mean that: (1) Joab did bad things to David by doing bad things to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me. I mean what he did to two of the commanders of” (2) Joab did bad things both to David and to the two commanders. Alternate translation: “what Joab the son of Zeruiah did to me and also what he did to two of the commanders of” | |
| 283 | 2:5 | r4du | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נֵ֜ר וְלַעֲמָשָׂ֤א & יֶ֨תֶר֙ | 1 | The words **Ner**, **Amasa**, and **Jether** are the names of men.\n | |
| 284 | 2:5 | b4pg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | וַיָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּשָׁלֹ֑ם וַיִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **bloodshed**, **war**, and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “And he shed blood during a peaceful time as if it were a time to fight, and when he fought, he shed blood” | |
| 285 | 2:5 | dfd6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיָּ֥שֶׂם דְּמֵֽי־מִלְחָמָ֖ה בְּשָׁלֹ֑ם | 1 | Here David speaks as if **peace** were a container into which Joab **put the bloodshed of war**. He could mean that Joab: (1) killed people during a time of **peace** as if it were a time of **war**. Alternate translation: “And caused bloodshed during peace as if it were war” (2) took revenge during a time of **peace** against people who had killed others during a **war**. Alternate translation: “And he took revenge during peace for bloodshed that occurred in a war” | |
| 286 | 2:5 | x43i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתֵּ֞ן דְּמֵ֣י מִלְחָמָ֗ה בַּחֲגֹֽרָתוֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּמָתְנָ֔יו וּֽבְנַעֲל֖וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּרַגְלָֽיו | 1 | Here David speaks as if **bloodshed** were on Joab’s **belt** and **sandal**. He could mean that: (1) Joab is always guilty for what he did, as surely as if his clothes were stained with blood. Alternate translation: “and it is as if killing people were clothing that he always wears” or “and he is always responsible for the bloodshed of war that he has caused” (2) Joab actually spilled blood on his **belt** and **sandal** when he killed Abner and Amasa. Alternate translation: “and he got the blood of the people he killed on his belt, which was on his loins, and on his sandal, which was on his feet” | |
| 287 | 2:5 | sr4k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וּֽבְנַעֲל֖וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּרַגְלָֽיו | 1 | In this verse, the word **sandal** is singular in form, but it refers to both of Joab’s sandals together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “on his sandals, which were on his feet” | |
| 288 | 2:6 | qr9o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | כְּחָכְמָתֶ֑ךָ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be wise” | |
| 289 | 2:6 | dzhg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | וְלֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛וֹ בְּשָׁלֹ֖ם שְׁאֹֽל | 1 | David is referring to Joab’s death in a polite way by referring to going down to **Sheol**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let his gray hair pass away in peace” or “and you shall not let his gray hair experience death in peace”\n | |
| 290 | 2:6 | hm11 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וְלֹֽא־תוֹרֵ֧ד שֵׂיבָת֛וֹ | 1 | Here, **gray hair** represents an old person who has **gray hair**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you shall not let him live till he is old and can go down” or “and you shall not let him live a long time and then go down” | |
| 291 | 2:6 | dil0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | בְּשָׁלֹ֖ם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a peaceful way” or “nonviolently” | |
| 292 | 2:7 | k9ar | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | וְלִבְנֵ֨י | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, David is using the word in a generic sense that could include both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “And to the descendants of” or “And to the sons and daughters of” | |
| 293 | 2:7 | p85c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בַרְזִלַּ֤י | 1 | The word **Barzillai** is the name of a man. | |
| 294 | 2:7 | y22p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | תַּֽעֲשֶׂה־חֶ֔סֶד | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be faithful” or “be loyal” | |
| 295 | 2:7 | tcu5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | שֻׁלְחָנֶ֑ךָ | 1 | Here, **table** represents the food and drink that Solomon has and gives to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you supply to them” or “from your own provisions” | |
| 296 | 2:7 | aa0m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כֵן֙ קָרְב֣וּ אֵלַ֔י | 1 | Here David speaks as if Barzillai and his children physically **came near** to him. He means that they helped him by bringing him food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so they came to my aid” or “that is how they assisted me” | |
| 297 | 2:7 | e1jd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | מִפְּנֵ֖י אַבְשָׁל֥וֹם | 1 | Here, **face** represents the presence of the person whose **face** it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from before Absalom” | |
| 298 | 2:8 | x82j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of Solomon and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “Now listen:” or “And pay attention” | |
| 299 | 2:8 | l8ys | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֵּרָ֥א | 1 | The word **Gera** is the name of a man. | |
| 300 | 2:8 | r5e7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִבַּחֻרִים֒ & מַחֲנָ֑יִם | 1 | The words **Bahurim** and **Mahanaim** are the names of towns. **Bahurim** was near Jerusalem, probably to the northeast. **Mahanaim** was further northeast of Jerusalem, across the Jordan River. | |
| 301 | 2:8 | ec5k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | וְה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨נִי֙ קְלָלָ֣ה נִמְרֶ֔צֶת | 1 | Here, **cursed me with a powerful curse** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And he himself cursed me very powerfully” or “And he himself used a forceful curse against me”\n | |
| 302 | 2:8 | hypy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | וְה֤וּא קִֽלְלַ֨נִי֙ & וְהֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד | 1 | David uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that **Shimei** was the one who did these things. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “It was he who cursed me … And it was he who went down” | |
| 303 | 2:8 | rg7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּי֖וֹם לֶכְתִּ֣י מַחֲנָ֑יִם וְהֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד לִקְרָאתִי֙ הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | Here David is referring to how he fled from his son Absalom and went to **Mahanaim**, which is when **Shimei** cursed him (see [2 Samuel 16:5–10](../2sa/16/05.md)). Then, David refers to how he returned to Jerusalem after Absalom’s death. When he was about to cross the **Jordan** to go back to Jerusalem, Shimei met him and asked for forgiveness (see [2 Samuel 19:15–23](../2sa/19/15.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit or include some extra information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “on of my going to Mahanaim to escape from Absalom. And he himself went down to meet me at the Jordan when I was returning to Jerusalem” | |
| 304 | 2:8 | y6mq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | לֶכְתִּ֣י & וְהֽוּא־יָרַ֤ד | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” and “came” instead of **going** and **went**. Alternate translation: “my coming … And he himself came down” | |
| 305 | 2:8 | wtzu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | וָאֶשָּׁ֨בַֽע ל֤וֹ בַֽיהוָה֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְךָ֖ בֶּחָֽרֶב | 1 | Here David speaks about how he swore an oath **by Yahweh** guaranteeing that he would not kill Shimei. He only states the condition part of the oath, but he implies that he stated that something bad would happen to him if he broke the oath. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “and I swore before Yahweh to him, saying, ‘May God should punish me if I kill you with the sword’” or “and I solemnly promised Yahweh before him, saying, ‘I will not kill you with the sword’”\n | |
| 306 | 2:8 | hf2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹ֔ר אִם־אֲמִֽיתְךָ֖ בֶּחָֽרֶב | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that I would not kill him with the sword”\n | |
| 307 | 2:8 | g5lg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and I said”\n | |
| 308 | 2:8 | oug7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֲמִֽיתְךָ֖ | 1 | Here David implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”\n | |
| 309 | 2:8 | nzg7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | בֶּחָֽרֶב | 1 | The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword”\n | |
| 310 | 2:9 | tvd1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | כִּ֛י | 1 | Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how Solomon should treat Shimei. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Here is what I mean:” | |
| 311 | 2:9 | wrv9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | וְהוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛וֹ בְּדָ֖ם שְׁאֽוֹל | 1 | David is referring to Shimei’s death in a polite way by referring to going down to **Sheol**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause his gray hair to pass away with blood” or “And you shall cause his gray hair to experience death with blood”\n | |
| 312 | 2:9 | kbd6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וְהוֹרַדְתָּ֧ אֶת־שֵׂיבָת֛וֹ | 1 | Here, **gray hair** represents an old person who has gray hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And you shall cause him, when he is old, to go down” or “And you shall cause that old man to go down” | |
| 313 | 2:9 | y00e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּדָ֖ם | 1 | Here, **blood** represents violence, specifically a violent death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in a violent way” or “by execution” | |
| 314 | 2:10 | rlu4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | וַיִּשְׁכַּ֥ב דָּוִ֖ד עִם־אֲבֹתָ֑יו | 1 | The author is referring to David’s death in a polite way by using the phrase **lay down with his fathers**, which refers to being buried near one’s ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “And David passed away” or “And David completed his life”\n | |
| 315 | 2:10 | h7jt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּקָּבֵ֖ר | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him” | |
| 316 | 2:10 | abv5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּעִ֥יר דָּוִֽד | 1 | Here, the phrase **the city of David** refers to a specific area within the southeastern part of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, in the section called the city of David” | |
| 317 | 2:11 | ytyn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure | וְהַיָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּחֶבְר֤וֹן מָלַךְ֙ שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים וּבִירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם מָלַ֔ךְ שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְשָׁלֹ֖שׁ שָׁנִֽים | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could give the smaller numbers first and then state the total. Alternate translation: “David reigned in Hebron seven years, and he reigned in Jerusalem 33 years. So, all the days that David reigned over Israel {were} 40 years” | |
| 318 | 2:11 | f3w5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְהַיָּמִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָלַ֤ךְ דָּוִד֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה | 1 | Here, the word **days** refers to any period of time, not just to a period of a few days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the length of time that David reigned over Israel was 40 years” or “And David reigned over Israel for 40 years” | |
| 319 | 2:12 | nhg1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | יָשַׁ֕ב עַל־כִּסֵּ֖א דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֑יו | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “sat on the throne to rule after David his father” or “sat on the throne of David his father as king”\n | |
| 320 | 2:12 | p55b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַתִּכֹּ֥ן מַלְכֻת֖וֹ מְאֹֽד | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate: (1) that it was God. Alternate translation: “and God established his kingdom very much” (2) that it was Solomon himself. Alternate translation: “and Solomon established his kingdom very much” | |
| 321 | 2:13 | crhz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חַגֵּ֗ית | 1 | The word **Haggith** is the name of a woman. She was one of David’s wives. | |
| 322 | 2:13 | mvhu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיָּבֹ֞א אֲדֹנִיָּ֣הוּ בֶן־חַגֵּ֗ית | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Adonijah the son of Haggith went” | |
| 323 | 2:13 | edr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | הֲשָׁל֣וֹם בֹּאֶ֑ךָ & שָׁלֽוֹם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Is your coming peaceful … It is peaceful” or “Are you coming peacefully … I am coming peacefully” | |
| 324 | 2:14 | goip | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | דָּבָ֥ר לִ֖י אֵלָ֑יִךְ | 1 | Here, **word** represents something that Adonijah wants to say using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “There is something that I want to say to you” or “I have a matter that I wish to speak to you about” | |
| 325 | 2:15 | l6zs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | אַ֤תְּ יָדַ֨עַתְּ֙ | 1 | Adonijah uses the word **yourself** to emphasize that Bathsheba knows what he is about to say. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “As for you, you know” | |
| 326 | 2:15 | jbz5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְעָלַ֞י שָׂ֧מוּ כָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל פְּנֵיהֶ֖ם לִמְלֹ֑ךְ | 1 | Here Adonijah speaks as if **all Israel** had turned **their faces** toward him, expecting and even wanting him **to reign**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and all Israel was expecting me to reign” or “and all Israel assumed that I would reign” | |
| 327 | 2:15 | c7ex | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | כָֽל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל | 1 | Adonijah says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the majority of Israel” | |
| 328 | 2:15 | zv37 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וַתִּסֹּ֤ב הַמְּלוּכָה֙ וַתְּהִ֣י לְאָחִ֔י | 1 | Here, Adonijah speaks of **the kingship** as if it were a person who could have **turned around** and been **for** his brother. He means that the situation changed, and Solomon was the one who received the kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But the situation changed, and the kingdom was for my brother” or “But, despite what I expected, the kingdom was for my brother” | |
| 329 | 2:15 | lxrz | מֵיְהוָ֖ה הָ֥יְתָה לּֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave it to him” or “Yahweh designated it for him” | ||
| 330 | 2:16 | lg4v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | שְׁאֵלָ֤ה אַחַת֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֵ֣ל מֵֽאִתָּ֔ךְ | 1 | Here, **requesting one request** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am making one request of you” | |
| 331 | 2:16 | ceu4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אַל־תָּשִׁ֖בִי אֶת־פָּנָ֑י | 1 | Here Adonijah speaks as if Bathsheba might physically **turn back** his **face**. He means that she might reject his request and shame him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me” or “do not say no to what I request” | |
| 332 | 2:17 | wyej | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אִמְרִי־נָא֙ לִשְׁלֹמֹ֣ה הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ כִּ֥י לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִךְ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Solomon the king will not turn back your face, so please speak to him” | |
| 333 | 2:17 | yj4w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לֹֽא־יָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָ֑יִךְ | 1 | Here Adonijah speaks as if he is confident that Solomon will not physically **turn back** Bathsheba’s **face**. He means that he is sure that Solomon will not reject her request nor shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will not shame you by rejecting you” or “he will not say no to what you request” | |
| 334 | 2:17 | k5fq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲבִישַׁ֥ג | 1 | The word **Abishag** is the name of a woman.\n | |
| 335 | 2:17 | flbb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַשּׁוּנַמִּ֖ית | 1 | The word **Shunammite** refers to someone who is from the town of Shunem, which was in the hill country to the southwest of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more directly to the town of Shunem. See how you translated this word in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “from Shunem”\n | |
| 336 | 2:18 | j4n6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ט֑וֹב | 1 | Here, the word **Good** indicates that Bathsheba agrees that Adonijah’s request is appropriate and that she will ask the king about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Okay” or “I think that is appropriate;” | |
| 337 | 2:18 | up59 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | אָנֹכִ֕י אֲדַבֵּ֥ר | 1 | Bathsheba uses the word **myself** to emphasize that she is the one who **speak** to the king. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am the one who will speak” | |
| 338 | 2:19 | u8x9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַתָּבֹ֤א בַת־שֶׁ֨בַע֙ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “And Bathsheba went” | |
| 339 | 2:19 | taa6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּשְׁתַּ֣חוּ לָ֗הּ | 1 | In Bathsheba’s culture, when people **prostrated** themselves to someone else, they were honoring and respecting that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “and he prostrated himself to her in respect” or “and he prostrated himself to honor her”\n | |
| 340 | 2:19 | hdv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיָּ֤שֶׂם כִּסֵּא֙ | 1 | Here the author implies that Solomon told some of his servants or attendants to **set** the **throne** at his right side. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And he told his servants to set a throne” | |
| 341 | 2:19 | xwh6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לְאֵ֣ם הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Here the author assumes that his readers will know that **the mother of the king** is Bathsheba. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for Bathsheba, the mother of the king” | |
| 342 | 2:19 | sxlc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לִֽימִינֽוֹ | 1 | Here, the phrases **to his right hand** refers to the place next to Solomon’s right hand, which would be the right side. In the Bathsheba’s culture, this side were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Be sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Bathsheba has honor and authority when she sits there. Alternate translation: “on the side to his right” or “in the honorable place at his right side”\n | |
| 343 | 2:20 | t2uf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | שְׁאֵלָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת קְטַנָּה֙ אָֽנֹכִי֙ שֹׁאֶ֣לֶת מֵֽאִתָּ֔ךְ | 1 | Here, **One small request I am requesting** is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. See how you translated the similar form in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I am making one small request of you” | |
| 344 | 2:20 | z967 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אַל־תָּ֖שֶׁב אֶת־פָּנָ֑י & לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִךְ | 1 | Here Bathsheba and Solomon speaks as if Solomon could physically **turn back** Bathsheba’s face. They mean Solomon could choose to reject her request and shame her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar figure of speech in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “do not shame me by rejecting me … I will not shame you by rejecting you” or “do not say no to what I request … I will not say no to what you request”\n | |
| 345 | 2:20 | ma44 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | שַׁאֲלִ֣י אִמִּ֔י כִּ֥י לֹֽא־אָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־פָּנָֽיִךְ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “I will not turn back your face, so request, my mother” | |
| 346 | 2:21 | h2tv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | יֻתַּ֖ן אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַשֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Solomon. Alternate translation: “Give Abishag the Shunammite” | |
| 347 | 2:21 | hu72 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֣ג הַשֻּׁנַמִּ֑ית | 1 | The phrase **Abishag the Shunammite** is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md). | |
| 348 | 2:22 | b025 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַיַּעַן֩ הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לְאִמּ֗וֹ | 1 | The two words **answered** and **said** express a single idea. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon answered by saying to his mother” or “And the king Solomon responded to his mother”\n | |
| 349 | 2:22 | d8bh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | וְלָמָה֩ אַ֨תְּ שֹׁאֶ֜לֶת אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַשֻּׁנַמִּית֙ לַאֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ | 1 | Solomon is using the question form to rebuke Bathsheba. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not pleased that you are requesting Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah.” or “No longer request Abishag the Shunammite for Adonijah!” | |
| 350 | 2:22 | ppkp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־אֲבִישַׁ֤ג הַשֻּׁנַמִּית֙ | 1 | The phrase **Abishag the Shunammite** is the name of a woman who was from the town of Shunem. See how you translated this phrase in [2:17](../02/17.md). | |
| 351 | 2:22 | vot7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וְשַֽׁאֲלִי־לוֹ֙ אֶת־הַמְּלוּכָ֔ה כִּ֛י ה֥וּא אָחִ֖י הַגָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑נִּי וְלוֹ֙ וּלְאֶבְיָתָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וּלְיוֹאָ֖ב בֶּן־צְרוּיָֽה | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes, and the third clause gives more information about what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Then, since he is my brother, older than I, request for him the kingship, for him and for Abiathar the priest and for Joab the son of Zeruiah” | |
| 352 | 2:22 | esed | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony | וְשַֽׁאֲלִי־לוֹ֙ אֶת־הַמְּלוּכָ֔ה | 1 | Here Solomon commands the opposite of what he wants in order to make a point. He means that asking him to allow Adonijah to marry Abishag is like asking him to give **the kingdom** to Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are really requesting for him the kingdom” or “You might as well request for him the kingdom”\n | |
| 353 | 2:22 | ebii | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ה֥וּא אָחִ֖י הַגָּד֣וֹל מִמֶּ֑נִּי | 1 | In Solomon’s culture, the oldest son of a king was usually the son who became the next king. Solomon is implying that Adonijah is already older than him, so if he married one of David’s closest attendants, he would have an even stronger claim to be the real king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he already has a claim to be king because he is my brother, older than I” or “marrying Abishag would make it even easier for him, as my older brother, to become king” | |
| 354 | 2:22 | duhw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צְרוּיָֽה | 1 | The word **Zeruiah** is the name of a woman. She was David’s sister.\n | |
| 355 | 2:23 | zem8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | וַיִּשָּׁבַע֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בַּֽיהוָ֖ה | 1 | Here Solomon swears an oath **by Yahweh**. Use a natural way in your language to introduce an oath. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon swore before Yahweh” or “And the king Solomon solemnly promised Yahweh”\n | |
| 356 | 2:23 | mr9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֑ר | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” | |
| 357 | 2:23 | sfd4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | כֹּ֣ה יַֽעֲשֶׂה־לִּ֤י אֱלֹהִים֙ וְכֹ֣ה יוֹסִ֔יף כִּ֣י בְנַפְשׁ֔וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֖ר הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Here Solomon asks God to **do** bad things to him, and to **add** even more bad things, if what he is about to say is not true. He only states what is true about Adonijah, but he implies that the oath will apply if what he says is not true. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the implied part of the oath. Alternate translation: “Thus may God do evil to me, and thus may he add even more evil, if it is not true that by his life Adonijah has spoken this word” or “May God cause very many bad things to happen to me unless by his life Adonijah has spoken this word”\n | |
| 358 | 2:23 | ynb5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בְנַפְשׁ֔וֹ דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיָּ֔הוּ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֖ר הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Here, the phrase **by his life** could indicate that: (1) Adonijah risked his life by asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah has risked his life by speaking this word” (2) Adonijah would die for asking to marry Abishag. Alternate translation: “Adonijah will die for speaking this word” | |
| 359 | 2:23 | fml4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | בְנַפְשׁ֔וֹ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by how he lives” | |
| 360 | 2:23 | yol6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־הַדָּבָ֖ר הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Here, **word** represents what Adonijah asked using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this request” | |
| 361 | 2:24 | qn96 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | חַי־יְהוָה֙ | 1 | Here Solomon makes an oath that he will do what he promises at the end of this verse. He is indicating that people can rely on his promise as much as they can rely on the fact that **Yahweh** is **alive**. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of oath. Alternate translation: “as certainly as Yahweh is alive” or “you can be as confident about this as you are that Yahweh is alive” | |
| 362 | 2:24 | ac1q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיּֽוֹשִׁיבַ֙נִי֙ עַל־כִּסֵּא֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔י | 1 | When a person sits on a **throne**, it indicates that the person has power and rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. See how you expressed the idea in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “and caused me to sit on the throne to rule after David my father” or “and caused me to sit on the throne of David my father as king”\n | |
| 363 | 2:24 | k151 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | עָֽשָׂה־לִ֛י בַּ֖יִת | 1 | Here, **house** represents represents Solomon’s descendants, who will reign as kings after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has made for me a dynasty” or “has caused my offspring to be kings after me” | |
| 364 | 2:24 | db8v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | כִּ֣י | 1 | Solomon is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I declare that” or “I swear that”\n | |
| 365 | 2:24 | udei | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | יוּמַ֖ת אֲדֹנִיָּֽהוּ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that Solomon would command his servants or soldiers to do it. Alternate translation: “I will tell my soldiers to kill Adonijah” | |
| 366 | 2:25 | eqm9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיִּשְׁלַח֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ שְׁלֹמֹ֔ה בְּיַ֖ד בְּנָיָ֣הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֑ע | 1 | Here, **hand** represents what a person does. In this case, Solomon **sent** Benaiah to act for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king Solomon sent Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to act for him” or “And the king Solomon told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada what to do” | |
| 367 | 2:25 | kqax | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | וַיָּמֹֽת | 1 | Here, the word **and** introduces what happened as a result of Benaiah attacking Adonijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that he died” or “and as a result, he died” | |
| 368 | 2:26 | jlcx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | עֲנָתֹת֙ לֵ֣ךְ עַל־שָׂדֶ֔יךָ כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת אָ֑תָּה | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause gives. Alternate translation: “Because you are a man of death, go to Anathoth, to your fields” | |
| 369 | 2:26 | w4ap | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | לֵ֣ךְ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come” | |
| 370 | 2:26 | kb4j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֲנָתֹת֙ | 1 | The word **Anathoth** is the name of a town close to Jerusalem, to the northeast. | |
| 371 | 2:26 | lzrg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת | 1 | Here, Solomon is using the possessive form to describe a **man** who deserves **death**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who deserves death” | |
| 372 | 2:26 | h1qm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | אִ֥ישׁ מָ֖וֶת | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are a man who should die” | |
| 373 | 2:26 | ecby | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וּבַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֜ה לֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗ךָ כִּֽי־נָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤י יְהֹוִה֙ לִפְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔י וְכִ֣י הִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּכֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽי | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second and third clauses give reasons for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “but because you lifted the box of the Lord Yahweh to the face of David my father, and because you were afflicted with all that my father was afflicted, on this day I will not kill you” | |
| 374 | 2:26 | y9tr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לֹ֣א אֲמִיתֶ֗ךָ | 1 | Here Solomon implies that he will not have one of his soldiers kill Abiathar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will not have a soldier kill you”\n | |
| 375 | 2:26 | pxj3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | נָשָׂ֜אתָ אֶת־אֲר֨וֹן אֲדֹנָ֤י יְהֹוִה֙ לִפְנֵי֙ דָּוִ֣ד אָבִ֔י | 1 | Here Solomon means that Abiathar was the leading priest for **David**, and he was responsible for **the box of the Lord Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you were the priest who was responsible for the box of the Lord Yahweh for David my father” | |
| 376 | 2:26 | xm7p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הִתְעַנִּ֔יתָ בְּכֹ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־הִתְעַנָּ֖ה אָבִֽי | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “you experienced all the affliction that my father experienced” or “people afflicted you with all that they afflicted my father with” | |
| 377 | 2:27 | q79l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | לְמַלֵּא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | Here, the phrase **to fulfill** introduces a result from Solomon’s action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled” or “with the result that the word of Yahweh was fulfilled” | |
| 378 | 2:27 | pkk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | Here, **word** represents what **Yahweh** said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message from Yahweh” or “what Yahweh had declared” | |
| 379 | 2:27 | hzt8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | עַל־בֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י בְּשִׁלֹֽה | 1 | Here the author assumes that his audience will know that **Abiathar** was a descendant of **Eli**, who was a priest many years before Solomon was born. The author is referring to how God sent a prophet to **Eli** to tell him that his descendants would someday no longer be priests. You can read what the prophet said in [1 Samuel 2:27–36](../1sa/02/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of this information more explicit, or you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “at Shiloh about how there would no longer be priests from the house of Eli, from whom Abiathar was descended” | |
| 380 | 2:27 | ejnw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בֵּ֥ית עֵלִ֖י | 1 | Here, **house** represents the family and descendants of **Eli**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the offspring of Eli” or “Eli’s family” | |
| 381 | 2:28 | vbx7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וְהַשְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב כִּ֣י יוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְאַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה וַיָּ֤נָס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וַֽיַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּקַרְנ֥וֹת הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ | 1 | Here, the statement **for Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom** could indicate the reason: (1) why Joab behaved as he did when he heard the report. Alternate translation: “And the report came as far as Joab. Then, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar” (2) why gave **the report** to Joab. Alternate translation: “And, because Joab had turned aside after Adonijah, but he had not turned aside after Absalom, the report came as far as Joab. And Joab fled to the tent of Yahweh and he grasped the horns of the altar” | |
| 382 | 2:28 | bnc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וְהַשְּׁמֻעָה֙ בָּ֣אָה עַד־יוֹאָ֔ב | 1 | Here, the author speaks of **the report** as if it were a person who could come **as far as Joab**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the report was heard by Joab” or “And Joab heard the report” | |
| 383 | 2:28 | td8s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | יוֹאָ֗ב נָטָה֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיָּ֔ה וְאַחֲרֵ֥י אַבְשָׁל֖וֹם לֹ֣א נָטָ֑ה | 1 | Here the author speaks of supporting and serving someone as king as if it were turning aside after that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab had followed Adonijah, but he had not followed Absalom” or “Joab had served Adonijah, but he had not served Absalom” | |
| 384 | 2:28 | zpq5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַֽיַּחֲזֵ֖ק בְּקַרְנ֥וֹת הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ | 1 | In Joab’s culture, people who **grasped the horns of the altar** were considered to be protected by God and would not be taken away and punished unless someone could prove that they had really done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar clause in [1:50](../01/50.md). Alternate translation: “and he grasped the horns of the altar for protection” or “and he grasped the horns of the altar to keep himself safe”\n | |
| 385 | 2:29 | t39e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיֻּגַּ֞ד לַמֶּ֣לֶךְ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And a person told the king”\n | |
| 386 | 2:29 | fbft | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | שְׁלֹמֹ֗ה כִּ֣י נָ֤ס יוֹאָב֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל יְהוָ֔ה וְהִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “Solomon, ‘Joab has fled to teh tent of Yahweh, and behold, he is beside the altar.’” | |
| 387 | 2:29 | l51w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְהִנֵּ֖ה אֵ֣צֶל הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח שְׁלֹמֹ֜ה | 1 | Some translations include some additional material about what happened between when Solomon learned where Joab had fled and when he commanded Benaiah to attack Joab. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, and if it includes this additional material, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. | |
| 388 | 2:29 | xe4i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֖ה | 1 | Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the king and asks him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could use a different form that draws a person’s attention. Alternate translation: “and picture this” or “and listen”\n | |
| 389 | 2:29 | oeec | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | אֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע לֵאמֹ֖ר לֵ֥ךְ פְּגַע־בּֽוֹ | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to go and attack him” | |
| 390 | 2:29 | pb71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֖ר | 1 | If you preserve the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told him” | |
| 391 | 2:29 | xgq7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | לֵ֥ךְ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come” | |
| 392 | 2:30 | pk4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיָּבֹ֨א בְנָיָ֜הוּ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah came” | |
| 393 | 2:30 | wzxf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ צֵ֔א | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king says that you must come out!” | |
| 394 | 2:30 | yzgo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | צֵ֔א | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “Go” instead of **Come**. Alternate translation: “Go out” | |
| 395 | 2:30 | f7df | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | לֹ֖א כִּ֣י פֹ֣ה אָמ֑וּת | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Here I will die, so no” | |
| 396 | 2:30 | hiwr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיָּ֨שֶׁב בְּנָיָ֤הוּ & דָּבָ֣ר | 1 | Here, **word** represents what Benaiah said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah brought back a message” or “And Benaiah sent back a message” | |
| 397 | 2:30 | u598 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” | |
| 398 | 2:30 | wyk9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | כֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְכֹ֥ה עָנָֽנִי | 1 | The terms **Thus Joab has spoken** and **thus he answered me** mean similar things. Benaiah is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Thus Joab answered me” | |
| 399 | 2:30 | hgow | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | כֹּֽה־דִבֶּ֥ר יוֹאָ֖ב וְכֹ֥ה עָנָֽנִי | 1 | Here, the words **Thus** and **thus** refer to what Joab said without repeating all the words he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Joab has spoken these words, and with these words he answered me” or “Joab told me that he would not come out and that he would die there” | |
| 400 | 2:31 | qfpl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַהֲסִירֹ֣תָ ׀ דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ שָׁפַ֣ךְ יוֹאָ֔ב מֵעָלַ֕י וּמֵעַ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי | 1 | Here Solomon speaks as if the **bloodshed** that Joab committed were a liquid that he had **poured out** on Solomon and **the house** of his father David, and he speaks as if killing Joab will **remove** this liquid from them. He means that the **bloodshed** that Joab committed causes Solomon and **the house** of his father David to be guilty, and that killing Joab will cause them no longer to be guilty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will cleanse me and the house of my father from the bloodshed without cause with which Joab stained us” or “and you will take away from me and from the house of my father the guilt of the bloodshed without cause that Joab caused” | |
| 401 | 2:31 | qdz7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | וַהֲסִירֹ֣תָ | 1 | Here, the word **and** introduces what will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that you will remove” or “and so you will remove” | |
| 402 | 2:31 | sj9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי | 1 | Here, **house** represents David’s family and descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the relatives of my father” or “the descendants of my father” | |
| 403 | 2:31 | hhmu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | דְּמֵ֣י חִנָּ֗ם | 1 | Here, the phrase **without cause** indicates that the people Joab killed did not deserve to die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the bloodshed of innocent people” or “the unjust bloodshed” | |
| 404 | 2:32 | uk13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְהֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֶת־דָּמ֜וֹ עַל־רֹאשׁ֗וֹ | 1 | Here Solomon speaks as if Yahweh will take the **blood** that Joab shed when he murdered people and **return** that **blood** onto Joab’s **head**. He means that Yahweh will punish Joab in a way that fits with the murders he committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh will repay him for the blood that he has shed” or “And Yahweh will punish him for the murders he committed” | |
| 405 | 2:32 | nci2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | וְהֵשִׁיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה | 1 | Here, the word **and** introduces a second thing that will happen as a result of Benaiah killing and burying Joab (see [2:32](../02/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “That way, Yahweh will return” or “When you do that, Yahweh will return” | |
| 406 | 2:32 | ye9t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אֲשֶׁ֣ר | 1 | Here, the word **who** introduces the reason why Yahweh will punish Joab. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” | |
| 407 | 2:32 | n2gh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | צַדִּקִ֨ים וְטֹבִ֤ים | 1 | The terms **righteous** and **better** mean similar things. Solomon is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “better” or “much more righteous” | |
| 408 | 2:32 | l5g5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | בַּחֶ֔רֶב | 1 | The word **sword** represents any sword, not one particular sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with a sword” or “by using a sword” | |
| 409 | 2:32 | d6ge | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְאָבִ֥י דָוִ֖ד לֹ֣א יָדָ֑ע | 1 | Here Solomon implies that **David did not know** what Joab was planning and did not approve of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and my father David did not realize what Joab was going to do” or “and my father David neither knew nor approved of it” | |
| 410 | 2:32 | wpy8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֶּן־נֵר֙ & וְאֶת־עֲמָשָׂ֥א & יֶ֖תֶר | 1 | The words **Ner**, **Amasa**, and **Jether** are the names of men. | |
| 411 | 2:33 | qiy8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְשָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵיהֶם֙ בְּרֹ֣אשׁ יוֹאָ֔ב וּבְרֹ֥אשׁ זַרְע֖וֹ לְעֹלָ֑ם | 1 | Here Solomon speaks as if **the shed blood** of Amasa and Abner could **return on the head of Joab and on the head of his seed**. He means that **Joab** and **his seed** will be punished in a way that fits with the murders that Joab committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar figure of speech in [2:32](../02/32.md). Alternate translation: “And Joab and his seed will be repayed to eternity for their blood that Joab shed” or “And Joab and his seed will punished to eternity for these murders that he committed” | |
| 412 | 2:33 | nlqi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative | וְשָׁ֤בוּ דְמֵיהֶם֙ & יִהְיֶ֥ה | 1 | Solomon could be using the statement form: (1) to state a fact or prediction. Alternate translation: “And their shed blood shall return … shall be” (2) to indicate what he hopes or prays that God will do. Alternate translation: “And may their shed blood return … may there be” | |
| 413 | 2:33 | my6w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | זַרְע֖וֹ & וּ֠לְזַרְעוֹ | 1 | Here, the phrase **his seed** refers to a person’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his offspring … and for his offspring” or “the people descended from him … and for the people descended from him” | |
| 414 | 2:33 | bjnu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וּ֠לְזַרְעוֹ וּלְבֵית֨וֹ וּלְכִסְא֜וֹ | 1 | The terms **his seed**, **his house**, and **his throne** mean similar things. They all refer to David’s family and descendants, focusing especially on those who will rule as kings. Solomon is using the three terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with just one or two terms. Alternate translation: “and for his seed and for his throne” or “and for his offspring” | |
| 415 | 2:33 | m5o9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | לְעֹלָ֑ם & עַד־עוֹלָ֖ם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **eternity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “eternally … eternally” | |
| 416 | 2:33 | nax7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּלְבֵית֨וֹ | 1 | Here, **house** represents David’s family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his relatives”\n | |
| 417 | 2:33 | sc2t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּלְכִסְא֜וֹ | 1 | Here, **throne** represents the rule of David’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and for his dynasty” or “and for the kings in his lineage” | |
| 418 | 2:33 | x8x7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | יִהְיֶ֥ה שָׁל֛וֹם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be peaceful” | |
| 419 | 2:34 | pdv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | וַיַּ֗עַל בְּנָיָ֨הוּ֙ בֶּן־יְה֣וֹיָדָ֔ע | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada came up” | |
| 420 | 2:34 | eqv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּקָּבֵ֥ר | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “and they buried him”\n | |
| 421 | 2:34 | br9d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּבֵית֖וֹ | 1 | Here, **house** represents Joab’s property or land in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on his land” or “on his own property” | |
| 422 | 2:35 | p0a0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּתֵּ֨ן הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־בְּנָיָ֧הוּ בֶן־יְהוֹיָדָ֛ע תַּחְתָּ֖יו עַל־הַצָּבָ֑א וְאֶת־צָד֤וֹק הַכֹּהֵן֙ נָתַ֣ן הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ תַּ֖חַת אֶבְיָתָֽר | 1 | When King Solomon **gave** Benaiah and Zadok in the **place** of Joab and Abiathar, it means that he appointed Benaiah and Zadok to do the tasks that Joab and Abiathar had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And the king told Benaiah the son of Jehoiada to take his place over the army. And Zadok the priest the king told to take the place of Abiathar” or “And the king had Benaiah the son of Jehoiada be over the army instead of him. And Zadok the king had be the priest instead of Abiathar” | |
| 423 | 2:36 | fg3o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וַיִּקְרָ֣א לְשִׁמְעִ֔י | 1 | Here the author implies that Solomon sent a messenger or soldier to **Shimei** in order to summon him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And the king sent a soldier to Shimei, who called him” or “And the king had some soldiers go to Shimei and tell him to come to the king” | |
| 424 | 2:36 | n9i5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אָ֥נֶה וָאָֽנָה | 1 | Here, the phrase **here or there** refers to any place besides Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to any other place” | |
| 425 | 2:37 | rdu8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | בְּי֣וֹם | 1 | The word **day** represents any day, not one particular day that Solomon already knows about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “on any day” | |
| 426 | 2:37 | fzx2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | צֵאתְךָ֗ | 1 | In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “when you come out” | |
| 427 | 2:37 | tuwp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | וְעָֽבַרְתָּ֙ אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן | 1 | Here Solomon refers to one way of leaving Jerusalem (passing **over the wadi of Kidron**, which is on the east side of Jerusalem) to refer to any way of leaving Jerusalem. Solomon refers to this way of leaving Jerusalem because he thinks it is the one that Shimei is most likely to use. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and you pass over the wadi of Kidron or leave Jerusalem by any other way”\n | |
| 428 | 2:37 | h1wl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־נַ֣חַל קִדְר֔וֹן | 1 | The phrase **the wadi of Kidron** refers to small valley that sometimes had a stream running through it. This specific **wadi** was on the eastern side of Jerusalem. | |
| 429 | 2:37 | p8sl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication | יָדֹ֥עַ תֵּדַ֖ע כִּ֣י מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת | 1 | Solomon is repeating the verbs **know** and **die** in order to intensify the ideas that they express. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will surely know that you will surely die” | |
| 430 | 2:37 | lxzr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | מ֣וֹת תָּמ֑וּת | 1 | Here Solomon implies that he would have one of his soldiers kill Shimei. Solomon does not mean that Shimei would die naturally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will have a soldier kill you”\n | |
| 431 | 2:37 | d6zb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | דָּמְךָ֖ יִהְיֶ֥ה בְרֹאשֶֽׁךָ | 1 | Here Solomon speaks as if Shimei’s **blood** would be poured on his own **head**. He means that Shimei will be responsible for his own death, and Solomon will not be guilty for having him executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your death will be your fault” or “When you die, you will be the one who caused it to happen” | |
| 432 | 2:38 | sy57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | הַדָּבָ֔ר | 1 | Here, **word** represents what King Solomon said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What you have said” | |
| 433 | 2:38 | x9gk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | דִּבֶּר֙ אֲדֹנִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ | 1 | Here Shimei addresses King Solomon in the third person as a sign of respect. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the second-person form and indicate the respect in another way. Alternate translation: “you, my lord the king, have spoken” | |
| 434 | 2:38 | t353 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | עַבְדֶּ֑ךָ | 1 | Here Shimei speaks about himself in the third person. This was one way to address someone in a respectful way. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, your servant,”\n | |
| 435 | 2:38 | qwob | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים | 1 | Here, the phrase **many days** refers to a long period of time. The following verse indicates that it was about three years. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for several years” or “for a long period of time” | |
| 436 | 2:39 | m2lk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Achish … Maacah … Gath | 1 | men’s names | |
| 437 | 2:39 | mgg2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Gath | 1 | a Philistine city | |
| 438 | 2:40 | v645 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | Shimei arose | 1 | This is an idiom. “Shimei quickly” | |
| 439 | 2:41 | mvk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Solomon was told | 1 | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone told Solomon” | |
| 440 | 2:42 | c16y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Did I not make you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’? | 1 | Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: “You know very well that I made you swear … saying, ‘Know … die’!” | |
| 441 | 2:43 | pue7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Why then have you not kept your oath … you? | 1 | This could mean: (1) Solomon is asking for an answer or (2) Alternate translation: “You have done wrong by breaking your oath … you.” | |
| 442 | 2:44 | f7q3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | will return your wickedness on your own head | 1 | Here the head represents the person, and wickedness is spoken of as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “will hold you responsible for all your wickedness” | |
| 443 | 2:45 | fx8t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever | 1 | Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. | |
| 444 | 2:46 | q4c8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | in Solomon’s hand | 1 | This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. | |
| 445 | 3:intro | r15u | 0 | # 1 Kings 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories. Verses 1–15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16–28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wisdom\n\nGod was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])\n\n### Putting the needs of others first\n\nThere are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]]) | |||
| 446 | 3:1 | q5yv | Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt | 1 | Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies. | ||
| 447 | 3:1 | s4dd | until he had finished building | 1 | She was still in the city of David after he had finished building. | ||
| 448 | 3:1 | l66h | the house of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the temple” | ||
| 449 | 3:2 | vv3w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | no house had yet been built | 1 | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one had yet built a house” | |
| 450 | 3:2 | x9tf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for the name of Yahweh | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” | |
| 451 | 3:3 | tr54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walking in the statutes of David his father | 1 | How one lives one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “obeying the laws that David his father had made” | |
| 452 | 3:4 | hhq1 | the great high place | 1 | Alternate translation: “the most famous place for makings sacrifices” or “the most important altar” | ||
| 453 | 3:5 | f1km | Ask! What should I give you? | 1 | Alternate translation: “Ask me for whatever you want and I will give it to you.” or “What do you want? Ask and I will give it to you.” | ||
| 454 | 3:6 | ii4s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | You have shown great covenant faithfulness to your servant | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “You have been very faithful to your covenant with your servant” or “You have greatly and faithfully loved your servant” | |
| 455 | 3:6 | kyk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | because he walked before you in trustworthiness, in righteousness, and in uprightness of heart | 1 | Walking is a metaphor for the way one lives. The abstract nouns “trustworthiness,” “righteousness,” and “uprightness” can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “because he was trustworthy and righteous, and his heart was upright” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 456 | 3:6 | c77h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | in uprightness of heart | 1 | A sincere person is spoken of as one whose heart is upright. Alternate translation: “he was sincere” or “he spoke the truth and did what was good” | |
| 457 | 3:6 | tyy2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns | have given him a son | 1 | The “son” is Solomon. | |
| 458 | 3:6 | fji4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | to sit on his throne | 1 | Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to rule in his place” | |
| 459 | 3:6 | a4q1 | today | 1 | Solomon is speaking of the years he had already been ruling, not of the time since the sun had last set. | ||
| 460 | 3:7 | cj3j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns | your servant | 1 | Solomon speaks as if he is another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “me” | |
| 461 | 3:7 | fc3g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | I am only a little child | 1 | Solomon is saying that he is like a child who does not know as much as a father. | |
| 462 | 3:7 | u3y9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | I do not know how to go out or come in | 1 | This is an idiom that means Solomon does not know how to govern as king. Alternate translation: “I do not know how to be the king” or “I do not know the right way to do things as king” | |
| 463 | 3:9 | ri57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | For who is able to judge this great people of yours? | 1 | Solomon asks a question to emphasize that he knows that no one can judge. Alternate translation: “No one is able to judge this great people of yours.” | |
| 464 | 3:11 | dqu3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the life of your enemies | 1 | The “life” is a metonym for the power to kill. Alternate translation: “the power to kill your enemies” | |
| 465 | 3:12 | dyj4 | now I will do all you asked of me when you gave me your request | 1 | Alternate translation: “I will do what you asked me to do when you spoke with me” | ||
| 466 | 3:12 | cik7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | I give you a wise and an understanding heart | 1 | The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and desires. Alternate translation: “I make you able to be wise and to understand many things” | |
| 467 | 3:14 | yg1m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walk in my ways to keep | 1 | Living one’s life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to live and obey” | |
| 468 | 3:14 | akr8 | lengthen your days | 1 | Alternate translation: “make you live a long time” | ||
| 469 | 3:15 | te1p | behold | 1 | The word “behold” here shows that Solomon saw something interesting. | ||
| 470 | 3:19 | qy9v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | lay on him | 1 | It may be helpful to state that this caused the baby to die. Alternate translation: “accidentally rolled on top of her baby and smothered him” | |
| 471 | 3:20 | tc1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns | your servant | 1 | The woman speaks as if she were speaking of someone else to show that she respects Solomon. Alternate translation: “I” | |
| 472 | 3:21 | qnj7 | nurse my child | 1 | This means to feed her baby milk from her breast. | ||
| 473 | 3:22 | vti7 | before the king | 1 | Alternate translation: “before Solomon” or “while Solomon could see and hear them” | ||
| 474 | 3:26 | ix5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | her heart was full of compassion for her son | 1 | This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: “she greatly loved her baby” | |
| 475 | 3:28 | caa5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | all Israel | 1 | This is a generalization. | |
| 476 | 4:intro | q6h7 | 0 | # 1 Kings 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter names the important people in Solomon’s government and shows the extent of his kingdom. | |||
| 477 | 4:2 | e1li | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Azariah … Zadok | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 478 | 4:3 | l925 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Elihoreph … Ahijah … Shisha … Jehoshaphat … Ahilud | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 479 | 4:4 | zx7v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Benaiah … Jehoiada … Zadok … Abiathar | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 480 | 4:5 | rn96 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Azariah … Nathan … Zabud | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 481 | 4:6 | tbu8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ahishar … Adoniram … Abda | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 482 | 4:6 | uj2q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the men who were subjected to forced labor | 1 | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon forced to work for him” | |
| 483 | 4:8 | ea4h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ben-Hur | 1 | This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hur” means “the son of Hur.” | |
| 484 | 4:8 | l9l5 | in the hill country | 1 | “who was the officer in charge of the hill country | ||
| 485 | 4:8 | qs19 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ephraim | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 486 | 4:9 | z8g9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ben-Deker | 1 | This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Deker” means “the son of Deker.” | |
| 487 | 4:9 | apu3 | in Makaz | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Makaz” | ||
| 488 | 4:9 | em9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Makaz … Shaalbim … Beth Shemesh … Elon Beth Hanan | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 489 | 4:10 | e1f9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ben-Hesed | 1 | This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Hesed” means “the son of Hesed.” | |
| 490 | 4:10 | s82y | in Arubboth | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Arubboth” | ||
| 491 | 4:10 | cjq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Arubboth … Sokoh … Hepher | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 492 | 4:11 | jei3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ben-Abinadab | 1 | This is the name of a man. Note that “Ben” before a name means “son of” so “Ben-Abinadab” means “the son of Abinadab.” | |
| 493 | 4:11 | vlp1 | in all Naphoth Dor | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of all Naphoth Dor” | ||
| 494 | 4:11 | km7t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Naphoth Dor | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 495 | 4:11 | u2i9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Taphath | 1 | This is the name of a woman. | |
| 496 | 4:12 | jr42 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Baana … Ahilud | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 497 | 4:12 | z8m8 | in Taanach | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Taanach” | ||
| 498 | 4:12 | prm3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Taanach … Megiddo … Beth Shan … Zarethan … Jezreel … Beth Shan to Abel Meholah … Jokmeam | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 499 | 4:13 | vg5a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ben-Geber … Jair … Manasseh | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 500 | 4:13 | utw1 | in Ramoth Gilead | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Ramoth Gilead” | ||
| 501 | 4:13 | y18h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ramoth Gilead … Argob … Bashan | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 502 | 4:14 | f2yl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ahinadab … Iddo | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 503 | 4:14 | ayp9 | in Mahanaim | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Mahanaim” | ||
| 504 | 4:14 | yh57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Mahanaim | 1 | This is the name of place. | |
| 505 | 4:15 | v4mg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ahimaaz | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 506 | 4:15 | q5av | in Naphtali | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Naphtali” | ||
| 507 | 4:15 | f4p2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Naphtali | 1 | This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. | |
| 508 | 4:15 | db86 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Basemath | 1 | This is the name of a woman. | |
| 509 | 4:16 | m1i4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Baana … Hushai | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 510 | 4:16 | w3gc | in Asher | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Asher” | ||
| 511 | 4:16 | w47z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Asher | 1 | This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. | |
| 512 | 4:16 | r3kq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Bealoth | 1 | This is the name of a piece of land. | |
| 513 | 4:17 | nlz7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Jehoshaphat … Paruah | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 514 | 4:17 | nn2w | in Issachar | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Issachar” | ||
| 515 | 4:17 | uyi4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Issachar | 1 | This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. | |
| 516 | 4:18 | v9eu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shimei … Ela | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 517 | 4:18 | d1rc | in Benjamin | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of Benjamin” | ||
| 518 | 4:18 | k3r6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Benjamin | 1 | This is a tribal land named for a son of Israel. | |
| 519 | 4:19 | pty3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Geber … Uri … Sihon … Og | 1 | These are men’s names | |
| 520 | 4:19 | q97y | in the land of Gilead | 1 | Alternate translation: “who was the officer in charge of the land of Gilead” | ||
| 521 | 4:19 | fq9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Gilead … Bashan | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 522 | 4:19 | t2kh | the country of Sihon | 1 | Alternate translation: “the land that in earlier years belonged to Sihon” | ||
| 523 | 4:19 | hgw5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Amorites | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 524 | 4:19 | uy6j | in the land | 1 | Here “the land” refers to the land of Judah; the previous officials presided over different parts of Israel. | ||
| 525 | 4:20 | fgc8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | Judah and Israel were as numerous as the sand by the sea | 1 | The speaker uses exaggeration to say that there were so many people that it would be impossible to count them all. The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people who lived in Judah and Israel. Alternate translation: “There were as many people in Judah and Israel as there are grains of sand by the sea” or “there were more people in Judah and Israel than a person could count” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 526 | 4:21 | g344 | the River | 1 | Alternate translation: “the Euphrates River” | ||
| 527 | 4:22 | z3rv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume | thirty cors | 1 | A cor is a unit of dry measure. | |
| 528 | 4:23 | wn38 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | deer, gazelles, roebucks | 1 | four-legged animals that run fast | |
| 529 | 4:23 | kug7 | deer | 1 | more than one of these animals | ||
| 530 | 4:23 | bnu3 | fattened fowl | 1 | Alternate translation: “birds that people fed so they would become fat” | ||
| 531 | 4:24 | af2d | Tiphsah | 1 | name of a piece of land | ||
| 532 | 4:25 | q85d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Judah and Israel | 1 | The words “Judah” and “Israel” are metonyms for the people of Judah and Israel. | |
| 533 | 4:25 | h54f | every man under his vine and under his fig tree | 1 | “each family had their own garden with grapevines and fig trees,” This showed that the people lived in safety and peace, since they were not at war and had time to grow their gardens. | ||
| 534 | 4:25 | f65g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | from Dan to Beersheba | 1 | This represents the whole land of Israel from Dan in the north to Beersheba in the south. | |
| 535 | 4:26 | el93 | stalls of horses | 1 | A stall is a place where an animal such as a horse is kept and cared for. | ||
| 536 | 4:27 | yw93 | who came to King Solomon’s table | 1 | Alternate translation: “who ate with King Solomon” or “whom King Solomon invited to eat with him” | ||
| 537 | 4:27 | gs98 | every man in his month | 1 | Solomon had assigned 12 officers in [1 Kings 4:7](../04/07.md) to bring him food in different months. | ||
| 538 | 4:27 | v6uc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | They let nothing be lacking | 1 | This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “They provided everything that Solomon needed” | |
| 539 | 4:29 | ej9q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | God gave Solomon great wisdom and understanding | 1 | The abstract nouns “wisdom” and “understanding” can be translated as verbs. God giving him these things means that God enabled him to have these qualities. Alternate translation: “God enabled Solomon to be wise and to understand many things” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 540 | 4:29 | h9j6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | wideness of understanding like the sand on the seashore | 1 | Solomon was able to understand many things about many different subjects. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wideness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “Solomon was able to understand many things about a wide range of subjects” | |
| 541 | 4:30 | w9j4 | Solomon’s wisdom exceeded the wisdom of all the people | 1 | Alternate translation: “Solomon was wiser than all the wise people” | ||
| 542 | 4:30 | g12d | the people of the east | 1 | This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia. | ||
| 543 | 4:31 | cu1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ethan … Heman … Kalkol … Darda … Mahol | 1 | men’s names | |
| 544 | 4:33 | r1r3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | cedar … hyssop | 1 | These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: “cedar tree … hyssop bush” or “the greatest of trees … least important of bushes” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 545 | 5:intro | c6a5 | 0 | # 1 Kings 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of the description of the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Building the temple\n\nBuilding the temple took a lot of work and cooperation. King Hiram of Tyre provided lumber for building the temple in exchange for wheat and olive oil. Solomon also had many people cutting rocks for the walls of the temple. | |||
| 546 | 5:1 | wb37 | Hiram had always loved David | 1 | Alternate translation: “Hiram had always been a close friend of King David” | ||
| 547 | 5:3 | pv3b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet | 1 | To put an enemy under someone’s foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies” or “David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies” | |
| 548 | 5:3 | c84s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for the name of Yahweh | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person.See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” | |
| 549 | 5:3 | vz73 | because of the wars that surrounded him | 1 | Another possible meaning is “because of the wars with which his enemies surrounded him” or “because he was fighting enemies on all sides” | ||
| 550 | 5:3 | dkf4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet | 1 | This speaks of Yahweh giving David complete control over his enemies as putting them under his feet. Alternate translation: “Yahweh was enabling David to completely defeat his enemies” | |
| 551 | 5:4 | h6ir | has given me rest on every side | 1 | Before Solomon became king, King David and the people of Israel had been at war, but now King Solomon and the people were at rest and in a time of peace. | ||
| 552 | 5:4 | zr1n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | There is neither adversary nor disaster | 1 | neither humans who cause harm nor natural events that cause harm. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “We are safe from our enemies and from natural disasters” | |
| 553 | 5:4 | lex1 | adversary | 1 | enemy | ||
| 554 | 5:4 | hy1q | disaster | 1 | event that causes harm to people and their property | ||
| 555 | 5:5 | gll4 | So | 1 | This is to emphasize the words that follow. “Listen! This is what I am going to do:” or “Because of what Yahweh has done for me, this is what I am going to do:” | ||
| 556 | 5:5 | ep1h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for the name of Yahweh my God … for my name | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh my God will live … where I will live” | |
| 557 | 5:5 | pwq3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | set on your throne in your place | 1 | Here “throne” refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: “make to be the king after you” | |
| 558 | 5:6 | ae9w | there is no one among us who knows how to cut timber like the Sidonians | 1 | Alternate translation: “your workers know how to cut timber better than my men” | ||
| 559 | 5:6 | y7ev | Sidonians | 1 | people of the city of Sidon | ||
| 560 | 5:7 | h269 | the words of Solomon | 1 | Alternate translation: “what Solomon said” | ||
| 561 | 5:7 | rz48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | May Yahweh be blessed today | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh today” | |
| 562 | 5:8 | n2rj | cypress | 1 | Cypress is another kind of valuable wood that would be used for building the temple. | ||
| 563 | 5:9 | i9nw | make them into rafts | 1 | Alternate translation: “tie them together so they will float in groups” | ||
| 564 | 5:9 | th95 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | them broken up there | 1 | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “my workers untie the logs from each other” | |
| 565 | 5:9 | bfw2 | You will do what I desire | 1 | Alternate translation: “You can do what I want” or “You can pay me” | ||
| 566 | 5:10 | ysx9 | fir | 1 | The word “fir” refers to many kinds of trees, including cypress trees. | ||
| 567 | 5:11 | ku5j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume | measures of wheat | 1 | This was a dry measurement whereas the oil was a liquid measurement. It was not clear which measure was intended. The measurement in the UST is an educated guess. | |
| 568 | 5:11 | q3nz | year by year | 1 | Alternate translation: “every year” | ||
| 569 | 5:13 | h6dp | conscripted labor out of all Israel | 1 | Alternate translation: “forced men from all over Israel to work” | ||
| 570 | 5:14 | hun8 | in shifts | 1 | That is, there were three groups that took turns spending one month in Lebanon and two months at home. | ||
| 571 | 5:14 | j6rk | One month they were in Lebanon and two months at home | 1 | Each of the three groups spent one month working in Lebanon and then two months at home in Israel. | ||
| 572 | 5:14 | xnv5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the men who were subjected to forced labor | 1 | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men whom Solomon was forcing to work for him” | |
| 573 | 5:15 | h7kd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | seventy thousand | 1 | “70,000” | |
| 574 | 5:15 | yex2 | burdens | 1 | heavy things that people have to work hard to carry | ||
| 575 | 5:15 | x12v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | eighty thousand | 1 | “80,000” | |
| 576 | 5:15 | gp9u | stonecutters | 1 | men who dig stones out of the ground and cut them to the proper shape | ||
| 577 | 5:16 | f3hp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 3,300 chief officers | 1 | “three thousand three hundred chief officers” | |
| 578 | 5:17 | hk8u | quarried large stones of high quality | 1 | Alternate translation: “dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape” | ||
| 579 | 5:18 | l6m8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | Gebalites | 1 | men from the city of Gebal | |
| 580 | 6:intro | dn22 | 0 | # 1 Kings 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Building the temple\n\nSolomon built the temple in seven years. The outside walls were made of rock. Solomon shaped the rocks for the wall in the quarry and then assembled them at the temple site. The inside was covered with wood. Inside the temple was a room covered by gold, which was the Most Holy Place where the ark was housed under statues of angels. It represented the presence of God. | |||
| 581 | 6:1 | si1j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon began to build | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded his workers to begin building” | |
| 582 | 6:1 | z8zf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | 480th … fourth | 1 | These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. | |
| 583 | 6:1 | u34s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | in the month of Ziv, which is the second month | 1 | “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 584 | 6:2 | md89 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | sixty cubits long, twenty cubits wide, and thirty cubits high | 1 | “60 cubits long, 20 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. This can be written used modern measures. Alternate translation: “27.6 meters long, 9.2 meters wide, and 13.8 meters high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) | |
| 585 | 6:3 | usb7 | portico | 1 | an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple. | ||
| 586 | 6:3 | yu32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | twenty cubits … ten cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters … 4.6 meters” | |
| 587 | 6:4 | vkp1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | he made windows | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made windows” | |
| 588 | 6:5 | yit1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | he built | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built” | |
| 589 | 6:5 | p1zz | he built rooms around it | 1 | He built rooms on the outside of the outside wall around the main chamber. | ||
| 590 | 6:6 | r5tu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | he made | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they made” | |
| 591 | 6:6 | yy1k | The lowest story … the middle … the third | 1 | This refers to the rooms in each story of the building. | ||
| 592 | 6:6 | w37f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | five cubits … six cubits … seven cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 2.3 meters … about 2.8 meters … about 3.2 meters” | |
| 593 | 6:6 | grf8 | he made offsets in the wall of the house | 1 | They made ledges all around the main building to support the beams of the small rooms. | ||
| 594 | 6:6 | fp5r | beams | 1 | A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. | ||
| 595 | 6:7 | udq4 | the house | 1 | Here “house” refers to God’s house, the temple. | ||
| 596 | 6:7 | ekm1 | stones prepared at the quarry | 1 | A quarry is where people cut large stones from a mountain and shape them with tools so they are smooth. After they prepared the stones at the quarry, they brought them to the temple. | ||
| 597 | 6:8 | rn6p | ground level … middle level … third level | 1 | There were a total of three floors. Some languages call these “ground floor,” “first floor,” and “second floor.” | ||
| 598 | 6:9 | eh9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon built … he covered | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers built … they covered” | |
| 599 | 6:9 | qdt5 | beams … of cedar | 1 | A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md). | ||
| 600 | 6:9 | j6je | planks … of cedar | 1 | A plank is a flat wooden board used for floors and walls. | ||
| 601 | 6:10 | kzz6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He built | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “They built” | |
| 602 | 6:10 | du8w | He built the side rooms | 1 | These are the same rooms that are referred to in [1 Kings 6:5](../06/05.md). | ||
| 603 | 6:10 | yr6h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | inner chambers | 1 | This phrase is a metonym for the walls that enclosed the chambers. Alternate translation: “exterior walls that enclosed the inner chambers” | |
| 604 | 6:10 | anu7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | five cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” | |
| 605 | 6:10 | w619 | timbers of cedar | 1 | The word “timbers” is a general term that refers to wood used for building, such as beams and planks. | ||
| 606 | 6:11 | czi8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | The word of Yahweh came to Solomon, saying, | 1 | The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Solomon. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Solomon:” | |
| 607 | 6:12 | vb8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | which you are building | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “which you are having your workers build” | |
| 608 | 6:12 | af43 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walk in my statutes | 1 | The word “walk” is a metaphor for “live” or “obey.” Alternate translation: “continually obey all my statutes” | |
| 609 | 6:12 | qx38 | do justice | 1 | This could mean: (1) “carry out all of my laws” or (2) “treat the people whom you are ruling justly.” | ||
| 610 | 6:12 | g495 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | keep all my commandments and walk in them | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the importance of obeying God’s commandments. AT “carefully obey all I tell you to do” | |
| 611 | 6:12 | x4rb | I will confirm my promise with you that I had made to David your father | 1 | Alternate translation: “I will do everything I promised David your father that I would do for you” | ||
| 612 | 6:14 | k3ad | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers” | |
| 613 | 6:15 | y9km | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | he built … he covered them … he covered the floor | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “they built … they covered them … they covered the floor” | |
| 614 | 6:15 | hp23 | interior walls | 1 | walls between the rooms on the inside | ||
| 615 | 6:15 | ik56 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | cypress | 1 | Cypress is a kind of wood that was used for building the temple. | |
| 616 | 6:16 | d6pq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He built twenty cubits … He built this room | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build twenty cubits … He had them build this room” | |
| 617 | 6:16 | xx5s | He built twenty cubits | 1 | Alternate translation: “He built a room twenty cubits long” | ||
| 618 | 6:16 | g59q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | twenty cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” | |
| 619 | 6:17 | w7cv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | forty cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “18.4 meters” | |
| 620 | 6:17 | ha4k | main hall | 1 | Alternate translation: “main room” | ||
| 621 | 6:18 | l7dp | gourds | 1 | a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground | ||
| 622 | 6:18 | u5m4 | open flowers | 1 | Alternate translation: “blooming flowers” or “flowers that were open” | ||
| 623 | 6:19 | ygb3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon prepared | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They prepared” | |
| 624 | 6:20 | w5vk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon overlaid | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid” | |
| 625 | 6:20 | jfg2 | twenty cubits | 1 | Alternate translation: “9.2 meters” | ||
| 626 | 6:20 | m4tm | covered the altar with cedar wood | 1 | This altar would be used for burning incense. | ||
| 627 | 6:21 | yge1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon overlaid … he placed | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … they placed” | |
| 628 | 6:21 | c2iq | overlaid | 1 | Alternate translation: “covered” | ||
| 629 | 6:22 | x7k8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He overlaid … He also overlaid | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid … They also overlaid” | |
| 630 | 6:22 | l55u | altar that belonged to the inner room | 1 | Alternate translation: “altar of incense at the entrance to the inner room” | ||
| 631 | 6:23 | ilt3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon made | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon commanded them to make” | |
| 632 | 6:23 | w5qr | olivewood | 1 | wood from an olive tree | ||
| 633 | 6:23 | a2zg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | ten cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters” | |
| 634 | 6:24 | zb23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | five cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” | |
| 635 | 6:25 | e8tw | wingspan | 1 | the distance from the tip of one wing to the tip of the other wing | ||
| 636 | 6:25 | c1ib | same dimensions | 1 | Alternate translation: “same size” | ||
| 637 | 6:27 | bcq5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon placed | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They placed” | |
| 638 | 6:27 | rj2s | innermost room | 1 | another name for the most holy place | ||
| 639 | 6:28 | l1b6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon overlaid | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They overlaid” | |
| 640 | 6:28 | k83f | overlaid | 1 | “covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md). | ||
| 641 | 6:29 | w47j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He carved | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to carve” | |
| 642 | 6:30 | w875 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon overlaid | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He had them overlay” | |
| 643 | 6:30 | d56p | overlaid | 1 | covered | ||
| 644 | 6:31 | uq5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon made | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” | |
| 645 | 6:31 | fb2k | lintel | 1 | beam across the top of a door frame | ||
| 646 | 6:31 | c6zg | indented sections | 1 | toothlike notches on each of five sections | ||
| 647 | 6:32 | w1bj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | he made … he made … He overlaid … he spread | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they made … they made … They overlaid … they spread” | |
| 648 | 6:32 | ix6q | overlaid | 1 | “covered.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md). | ||
| 649 | 6:33 | s6ub | In this way, Solomon also made for the temple entrance doorposts of olive wood having four indented sections | 1 | Alternate translation: “In the same way, Solomon also made doorposts of olive wood for the temple entrance, with four indented sections” | ||
| 650 | 6:33 | dfh2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon also made | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they also made” | |
| 651 | 6:33 | nd29 | indented sections | 1 | tooth-like notches | ||
| 652 | 6:34 | eh1n | The two leaves of the one door | 1 | This means each door had two sections connected by hinges so they could fold together. | ||
| 653 | 6:35 | zh1r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He carved … he evenly overlaid | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They carved … they evenly overlaid” | |
| 654 | 6:36 | y7ry | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He built the inner courtyard | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They built the inner courtyard” | |
| 655 | 6:36 | ugf5 | cedar beams | 1 | A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md). | ||
| 656 | 6:37 | w9kb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | the fourth year | 1 | The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of “four.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the fourth year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 657 | 6:37 | zt3n | house of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the temple” | ||
| 658 | 6:37 | f1ix | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | in the month of Ziv | 1 | “Ziv” is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:1](../06/01.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 659 | 6:38 | ft8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | the eleventh year | 1 | The word “eleventh” is the ordinal forms of “eleven.” You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: “the eleventh year after Solomon became king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 660 | 6:38 | hy2b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month | 1 | “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 661 | 6:38 | iee2 | the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications | 1 | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it” | ||
| 662 | 6:38 | rz5l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon took | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” | |
| 663 | 7:intro | kaf2 | 0 | # 1 Kings 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Bronze\n\nSolomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.\n\n### The temple and the palace\n\nSolomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]]) | |||
| 664 | 7:1 | f5n7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” | |
| 665 | 7:1 | lf86 | palace | 1 | If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.” | ||
| 666 | 7:2 | a64r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He built | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to build” | |
| 667 | 7:2 | rg2y | the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon | 1 | Alternate translation: “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest” | ||
| 668 | 7:2 | tl45 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | one hundred cubits … fifty cubits … thirty cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “46 meters … 23 meters … 13.8 meters” | |
| 669 | 7:2 | zp59 | beams | 1 | A beam is a long piece of strong wood used to support walls and roofs. | ||
| 670 | 7:3 | vs2w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The house was roofed with cedar that rested on beams | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The carpenters built a roof from cedar planks and attached them to beams” | |
| 671 | 7:3 | mmk9 | beams | 1 | long pieces of strong wood usually used to support a roof | ||
| 672 | 7:5 | tmp7 | were made square | 1 | Alternate translation: “had rectangular frames” | ||
| 673 | 7:6 | i5va | colonnade | 1 | a series of columns, all the same distance apart | ||
| 674 | 7:6 | v962 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | fifty cubits … thirty cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “23 meters … 13.8 meters” | |
| 675 | 7:6 | nzf9 | portico | 1 | an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building’s entrance door. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:3](../06/03.md) | ||
| 676 | 7:7 | t73g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon built | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon had them build” | |
| 677 | 7:7 | ksi3 | the hall of the throne | 1 | This could mean: (1) “the house in which he was going to place his throne” or (2) “a house named The King’s Chair House” | ||
| 678 | 7:7 | va4a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | It was covered with cedar | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers covered the floor with cedar wood” | |
| 679 | 7:7 | h3cp | from floor to floor | 1 | This refers to the entire floor. Alternate translation: “from one wall to the other” | ||
| 680 | 7:8 | u1kw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Solomon’s house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, was similarly designed | 1 | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Solomon had someone design the house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, in the same way” | |
| 681 | 7:8 | vhb7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He also built | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He also commanded them to build” | |
| 682 | 7:9 | b9da | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | These buildings were adorned with costly hewn stones | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers adorned the buildings with costly, hewn stones” | |
| 683 | 7:9 | x9ml | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | hewn stones, precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “hewn stones, that workers had precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed” | |
| 684 | 7:9 | ht4p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | These stones were used | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers used these stones” | |
| 685 | 7:9 | a28u | from the foundation to the stones on top, and also on the outside to the great court | 1 | The author is emphasizing that the workers used expensive stones for the foundations and all the buildings. | ||
| 686 | 7:10 | cs6w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The foundation was constructed | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The workers constructed the foundation” | |
| 687 | 7:10 | j43i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | eight and ten cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 3.7 meters and 4.6 meters” | |
| 688 | 7:11 | rv23 | cedar beams | 1 | A beam is a long piece of wood used for structural support. | ||
| 689 | 7:12 | gj1m | three rows of cut stone and a row of cedar beams | 1 | See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:36](../06/36.md). | ||
| 690 | 7:13 | yv35 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | brought him from Tyre | 1 | Huram accepted Solomon’s invitation to come to Jerusalem. | |
| 691 | 7:14 | mx1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | the son of a widow … his father was a man of Tyre | 1 | A widow is a woman whose husband has died, so we know that the father is dead. | |
| 692 | 7:14 | xyc5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Huram was filled with wisdom and understanding and skill | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The words “wisdom and understanding” mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Yahweh giving such things as wisdom is spoken of as if they were liquids that Yahweh had poured into a container, and Huram is spoken of as if he were that container. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had given Huram wisdom, understanding, and skill” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 693 | 7:15 | ps2x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | eighteen cubits … twelve cubits | 1 | A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 8.3 meters … 5.5 meters” | |
| 694 | 7:15 | rjk8 | in circumference | 1 | Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area. | ||
| 695 | 7:16 | py25 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | five cubits | 1 | A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.3 meters” | |
| 696 | 7:16 | ym3q | two capitals | 1 | decorations on top of each of the two pillars | ||
| 697 | 7:16 | fd4s | polished bronze | 1 | They polished the bronze so that it would reflect sunlight. “gleaming bronze” | ||
| 698 | 7:17 | lzk9 | Checker latticework and wreaths of chain work | 1 | Alternate translation: “Crossed metal strips woven together and metal chains twisted together” | ||
| 699 | 7:18 | rc2z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Huram made | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram commanded his workers to make” | |
| 700 | 7:18 | m8zp | two rows of pomegranates | 1 | A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. Huram did not use real pomegranates to decorate the pillars. He made them out of bronze. | ||
| 701 | 7:19 | yg1b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The capitals … were decorated with lilies, four cubits high | 1 | Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Huram decorated the capitals … with bronze lilies, four cubits high” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 702 | 7:19 | m7gx | the tops of the portico | 1 | Translate “portico” as in [1 Kings 7:6](../07/06.md). | ||
| 703 | 7:19 | gz27 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | four cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” | |
| 704 | 7:20 | py2z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | two hundred pomegranates | 1 | “200 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md) | |
| 705 | 7:21 | xs4g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He raised up | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They raised up” | |
| 706 | 7:21 | i3hg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | The pillar on the right was named Jakin | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the right side was Jakin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 707 | 7:21 | x4yy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the pillar on the left was named Boaz | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The name of the pillar on the left side was Boaz” | |
| 708 | 7:22 | f36f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The fashioning of the pillars was done | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram fashioned the pillars” or “Huram’s men fashioned the pillars” | |
| 709 | 7:23 | q22n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Huram made | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” | |
| 710 | 7:23 | ih6g | the round sea | 1 | This refers to a bronze tank or basin that would hold water. | ||
| 711 | 7:23 | dql9 | cast metal | 1 | Huram melted the bronze and formed it in a mold. | ||
| 712 | 7:23 | i52r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | ten cubits … five cubits … thirty cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters … 2.3 meters … 13.8 meters” | |
| 713 | 7:23 | wlw3 | from brim to brim | 1 | Alternate translation: “from one edge to the other” | ||
| 714 | 7:23 | q5wc | in circumference | 1 | Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area. | ||
| 715 | 7:24 | bar8 | encircling the sea were gourds | 1 | A gourd is a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground. | ||
| 716 | 7:24 | a5xx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | when that basin was cast | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when Huram cast that basin” | |
| 717 | 7:25 | rh41 | The Sea | 1 | This refers to the bronze tank or basin that held water for sacrifices. | ||
| 718 | 7:25 | x7rd | stood on | 1 | Alternate translation: “was on top of” | ||
| 719 | 7:25 | m9v3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | “The Sea” was set on top of them | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram’s workers set ‘The Sea’ on top of the bronze oxen” | |
| 720 | 7:25 | a8tl | hindquarters | 1 | This is the back quarter of the body of an animal with four feet. | ||
| 721 | 7:26 | d6yr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | its brim was forged like the brim of a cup, like a lily blossom | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 722 | 7:26 | im3i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume | two thousand baths | 1 | A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “2,000 baths” or “44,000 liters” | |
| 723 | 7:27 | vrb9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Huram made | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram also commanded them to make” or “They also made” | |
| 724 | 7:27 | nie3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | four cubits … three cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters … about 1.4 meters” | |
| 725 | 7:28 | g4xy | The work of the stands was like this | 1 | This means the author will describe the stands in the words that follow. | ||
| 726 | 7:29 | vkn8 | on the panels and on the frames were lions, oxen, and cherubim | 1 | There were decorative pieces in the shapes of lions, oxen, and cherubim fastened to the sides of the stands. | ||
| 727 | 7:29 | drg7 | wreaths of hammered work | 1 | Here the word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. | ||
| 728 | 7:30 | c4jj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | four bronze wheels and axles | 1 | There was one axle for each pair of wheels. Alternate translation: “four bronze wheels and two axles” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 729 | 7:30 | r3m7 | its four corners | 1 | Alternate translation: “the four corners of each stand” | ||
| 730 | 7:30 | wp4c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The supports were cast with wreaths | 1 | Each support was cast as one piece with the wreaths. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast the supports with spiral-shaped pieces” | |
| 731 | 7:31 | tnm9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | a cubit and a half … a cubit | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters … about 50 centimeters” | |
| 732 | 7:31 | bjx5 | a crown that rose up | 1 | Here the word “crown” refers to the circular piece at the top of the stand’s opening that held the basin. | ||
| 733 | 7:31 | g112 | their panels were square | 1 | “the panels of the stands were square.” This phrase returns to the description of the panels that began in [1 Kings 7:28](../07/28.md). | ||
| 734 | 7:32 | nan4 | their housings | 1 | Here the word “their” refers to the axles. The word “housings” refers to the casings into which the axles were inserted. | ||
| 735 | 7:32 | ia6k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | a cubit and a half | 1 | A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 70 centimeters” | |
| 736 | 7:33 | ez4t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The wheels were forged like chariot wheels | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram made the wheels like small chariot wheels” | |
| 737 | 7:33 | huz3 | Their housings, rims, spokes, and hubs | 1 | Here the word “Their” refers to the wheels. | ||
| 738 | 7:34 | u8dc | There were four handles at the four corners of each stand | 1 | Alternate translation: “There was a handle at each of the four corners of each stand” | ||
| 739 | 7:35 | j76e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | half a cubit deep | 1 | A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “twenty-three centimeters wide” | |
| 740 | 7:35 | i2wt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | on the top of the stand its supports and panels were attached | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram attached the supports and panels to the top of each stand” | |
| 741 | 7:36 | y4ln | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Huram engraved | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “they engraved” | |
| 742 | 7:36 | nf5e | they were surrounded | 1 | Here the word “they” refers to the cherubim, lions, and palm trees. | ||
| 743 | 7:36 | d8lh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | they were surrounded by wreaths | 1 | The word “wreaths” refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “there were wreaths all around them” | |
| 744 | 7:37 | iv9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He made | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “He commanded them to make” | |
| 745 | 7:37 | c4b7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | All of them were cast in the same molds | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Huram cast all of the stands in the same mold” or “They cast all of the stand in the same mold” | |
| 746 | 7:37 | nj2g | they had one size, and the same shape | 1 | Alternate translation: “all of the stands were the same size and shape” | ||
| 747 | 7:38 | bx9c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Huram made ten | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make ten” | |
| 748 | 7:38 | w15g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume | forty baths | 1 | A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: “about 88 liters” or “about 90 liters” | |
| 749 | 7:38 | k7yl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | four cubits | 1 | A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 1.8 meters” | |
| 750 | 7:39 | w6v7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He made five … He set | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Human had them make five … Huram commanded them to set” | |
| 751 | 7:39 | u5iv | the south-facing side … the north-facing side | 1 | Alternate translation: “the south side … the north side” | ||
| 752 | 7:39 | z7tj | on the east corner, facing toward the south of the temple | 1 | Alternate translation: “near the southeast corner of the temple” | ||
| 753 | 7:40 | kaa7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Huram made … he finished | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Huram had them make … they finished” | |
| 754 | 7:41 | zv5q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | the bowl-like capitals | 1 | The capitals were shaped like bowls. | |
| 755 | 7:41 | rhp4 | decorative latticework | 1 | Alternate translation: “crossed metal strips woven together” | ||
| 756 | 7:42 | v1e3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He made | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” | |
| 757 | 7:42 | f5hx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | four hundred pomegranates | 1 | “400 pomegranates.” A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md). | |
| 758 | 7:44 | p87u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He made | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” | |
| 759 | 7:45 | d5gg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Huram made | 1 | Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “They made” | |
| 760 | 7:45 | l8vt | all the other implements | 1 | Alternate translation: “all the other tools” | ||
| 761 | 7:45 | hw9y | polished bronze | 1 | bronze that was polished so that it would reflect light | ||
| 762 | 7:46 | f6xb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | The king had cast them | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “The king had his workers cast them” | |
| 763 | 7:46 | evu1 | plain of the Jordan | 1 | Alternate translation: “flat land near the Jordan River” | ||
| 764 | 7:46 | ug1g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Succoth … Zarethan | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 765 | 7:47 | yk38 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon did not weigh | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon did not have them weigh” | |
| 766 | 7:47 | u74l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the weight of the bronze could not be measured | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could measure the weight of the bronze” | |
| 767 | 7:48 | f4p1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon had made | 1 | Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers had made” | |
| 768 | 7:48 | e2d6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | on which the bread of the presence was to be placed | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “on which the priests were to place the bread of the presence” | |
| 769 | 7:49 | kb8t | the flowers, the lamps | 1 | The “flowers” and “lamps” were part of the lampstands. | ||
| 770 | 7:50 | tev9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | had made the cups … all of which were made of pure gold | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups … out of pure gold” | |
| 771 | 7:50 | y2nn | sockets of gold made for the doors | 1 | Here, **sockets** may refer to either: (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung. | ||
| 772 | 7:51 | x9f6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” | |
| 773 | 8:intro | h96s | 0 | # 1 Kings 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Celebration of the temple’s completion\nWhen the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nSolomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |||
| 774 | 8:1 | kla2 | assembled the elders of Israel | 1 | Alternate translation: “called together the leaders of Israel” | ||
| 775 | 8:2 | vy83 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | All the men of Israel | 1 | This may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. | |
| 776 | 8:2 | uam7 | at the feast | 1 | This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters . | ||
| 777 | 8:2 | j1l1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | in the month of Ethanim, which is the seventh month | 1 | “Ethanim” is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 778 | 8:5 | wl1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | all the assembly of Israel | 1 | This is a generalization. | |
| 779 | 8:5 | i2ea | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | sheep and oxen that could not be counted | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “more sheep and oxen than anyone would ever be able to count” | |
| 780 | 8:6 | r7tn | into the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under | 1 | Alternate translation: “into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under” | ||
| 781 | 8:7 | f19r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | poles by which it was carried | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “poles by which the priests carried it” | |
| 782 | 8:8 | igt6 | their ends were seen … they could not be seen | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people could see their ends … people could not see them” | ||
| 783 | 8:8 | ia58 | this day | 1 | This means the day on which the writer wrote. | ||
| 784 | 8:10 | qah8 | It came about that | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 785 | 8:12 | y9ry | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | Yahweh has said … darkness | 1 | Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. | |
| 786 | 8:13 | ukz3 | lofty residence | 1 | beautiful building in which someone very important lives | ||
| 787 | 8:14 | n1li | all the assembly of Israel | 1 | Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there” | ||
| 788 | 8:15 | qg1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, the God of Israel” | |
| 789 | 8:15 | yw9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | with his own hands | 1 | The hand is a metonym for the power in the hand. Alternate translation: “by his own power” | |
| 790 | 8:16 | b9uh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | in order for my name to be | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “so that people would worship me” | |
| 791 | 8:17 | kpv8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | it was in the heart of David my father | 1 | What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “David my father desired” | |
| 792 | 8:17 | jsu6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for the name of Yahweh | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for the name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people would worship Yahweh” | |
| 793 | 8:18 | tr7g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | In that it was in your heart | 1 | What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “Because you desired” | |
| 794 | 8:18 | ixj3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for my name | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship me” | |
| 795 | 8:18 | fu1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | for it to be in your heart | 1 | What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: “to desire to do that” or “by wanting to do that” | |
| 796 | 8:19 | n4x3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | one who will be born from your loins | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “one who will be your own offspring” or “one whom you yourself will father” | |
| 797 | 8:20 | j7v7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | has carried out the word that he had said | 1 | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has done exactly what he said he would do” | |
| 798 | 8:20 | kuf2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | I have arisen in the place of David my father | 1 | Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: “I have gained the power that David my father had” | |
| 799 | 8:20 | j2e5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | I sit on the throne of Israel | 1 | The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “I rule over Israel” | |
| 800 | 8:20 | n57n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for the name of Yahweh | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship Yahweh” | |
| 801 | 8:21 | ts1y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | is Yahweh’s covenant, which | 1 | The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: “are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that” | |
| 802 | 8:22 | p4j2 | all the assembly of Israel | 1 | Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were gathered there” | ||
| 803 | 8:23 | zb47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | who keeps his covenant faithfulness with your servants | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “who faithfully loves your servants” or “who is faithful to your covenant with your servants” | |
| 804 | 8:23 | vza1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walk before you with all their heart | 1 | The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live wholeheartedly the way that you want them to” | |
| 805 | 8:24 | zl94 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | fulfilled it with your hand | 1 | The hand is a metonym for the power of the hand. Alternate translation: “by your power fulfilled what you said” | |
| 806 | 8:25 | u5vi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | to sit on the throne of Israel | 1 | The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: “to rule over Israel” | |
| 807 | 8:25 | k2lb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walk before me … have walked before me | 1 | The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “live as I want you to … have lived as I want you to” | |
| 808 | 8:27 | ke8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | But will God actually live on the earth? | 1 | Possible meanings of this question are: (1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or (2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: “But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!” | |
| 809 | 8:27 | lex3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | But will God | 1 | Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: “But will you” | |
| 810 | 8:27 | dxu6 | Look | 1 | Alternate translation: “What I am about to say is important” or “The truth is that” | ||
| 811 | 8:27 | b6jr | you—how much less can this temple that I have built | 1 | Alternate translation: “you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you” | ||
| 812 | 8:28 | nl5h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | respect this prayer of your servant and his request | 1 | The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “respect me, your servant, as I make this request” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) | |
| 813 | 8:28 | ucf5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | listen to the cry and prayer that your servant prays before you today | 1 | The words “cry” and “prayer” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he asks Yahweh to help him. Solomon refers to himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to me, your servant, as I call today for you to help me” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) | |
| 814 | 8:29 | u4id | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | May your eyes be open toward | 1 | The eye is a metonym for what the eye does. Alternate translation: “May you watch over” | |
| 815 | 8:29 | p7b4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | night and day | 1 | This is a merism. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” | |
| 816 | 8:29 | vwt1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | My name and my presence | 1 | These two words together emphasize that Yahweh will dwell in the temple. | |
| 817 | 8:29 | icv3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | that your servant will pray | 1 | Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “that I, your servant, will pray” | |
| 818 | 8:30 | qx3r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | listen to the request of your servant and of your people Israel | 1 | Solomon speaks of himself as “your servant” to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: “listen to my request and the request of your people Israel” | |
| 819 | 8:31 | wv6j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | is required to swear | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone requires him to swear” | |
| 820 | 8:32 | mt2d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | upon his own head | 1 | Here “head” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “on him” | |
| 821 | 8:32 | ls6h | give to him according to his righteousness | 1 | Alternate translation: “to give him what he deserves because he is righteous” | ||
| 822 | 8:33 | sjq6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | your people Israel are defeated by an enemy | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an enemy defeats your people Israel” | |
| 823 | 8:33 | kus8 | confess your name | 1 | This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” | ||
| 824 | 8:33 | axr3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | request forgiveness from you | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **forgiveness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “ask you to forgive them” | |
| 825 | 8:35 | ij63 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | the skies are shut up and there is no rain | 1 | The sky is spoken of as if it were a building in which God stores the rain. Alternate translation: “you do not allow rain to fall” | |
| 826 | 8:35 | gf9v | confess your name | 1 | This could mean: (1) “confess that they have sinned against you” or (2) “praise you” or (3) “say that they will obey you from now on.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 8:33](../08/33.md). | ||
| 827 | 8:36 | uz9g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | in which they should walk | 1 | The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “that they should live” | |
| 828 | 8:37 | e7f8 | blight or mildew | 1 | These are agricultural terms that refer to the death of crops from either too little or too much rain, respectively. | ||
| 829 | 8:37 | c2vc | locusts or caterpillars | 1 | A “locust” is a type of grasshopper that causes destruction by eating crops. The word “caterpillar” refers to an early growth stage of the locust. | ||
| 830 | 8:38 | li44 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | prayers and requests | 1 | The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the person is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “requests” | |
| 831 | 8:38 | kwn9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | knowing the plague in his own heart | 1 | This could mean: (1) The person’s sin is spoken of as if it were a plague. Alternate translation: “knowing the sin in his own heart” or (2) The “plague” is a metonym for the sins that the disasters are a punishment for. Alternate translation: “knowing in his heart that the plague is the result of his own sin” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 832 | 8:43 | vt9q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | this house I have built is called by your name | 1 | The phrase “is called by your name” shows that God possesses and owns the house. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you own this house that I have built” | |
| 833 | 8:44 | ha7r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | Suppose that your people go out … suppose that they pray | 1 | When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. | |
| 834 | 8:44 | vjp7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for your name | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” | |
| 835 | 8:45 | d6n5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | their prayer and their request | 1 | The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people are sincere as they make their request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “their request” | |
| 836 | 8:46 | d9cq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | Suppose that they sin … suppose that you are | 1 | When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. | |
| 837 | 8:47 | rbr1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | suppose that they realize … suppose that they repent … Suppose that they say | 1 | When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. | |
| 838 | 8:47 | d7fu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | where they have been exiled | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where their enemies have taken them as exiles” | |
| 839 | 8:47 | zw2u | captors | 1 | people who keep others as prisoners | ||
| 840 | 8:47 | lcn9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | We have acted perversely and sinned. We have behaved wickedly | 1 | These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the people’s actions were. | |
| 841 | 8:47 | gh66 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | acted perversely and sinned | 1 | The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned. | |
| 842 | 8:48 | qbv6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | Suppose that they return … suppose that they pray | 1 | When Solomon was speaking, these hypothetical situations had not happened, but Solomon knew that they might happen in the future. Use the form in your language for talking about events that have not happened but might happen in the future. | |
| 843 | 8:48 | mf4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | with all their heart and with all their soul | 1 | The idiom “with all … heart” means “completely” and “with all … soul” means “with all … being.” These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “with all their being” or “with all their energy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 844 | 8:48 | pq6q | in the land | 1 | Alternate translation: “while they are living in the land” | ||
| 845 | 8:48 | tv6f | toward their land | 1 | “toward the land in which they belong.” This refers to Israel. | ||
| 846 | 8:48 | ha3w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for your name | 1 | The word “name” is a metonym for the person, and “for … name” refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “in which people will worship you” | |
| 847 | 8:49 | m5gj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | their prayer and their request | 1 | The two words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that the people were sincere as they made their request to Yahweh. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). | |
| 848 | 8:50 | k51r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | Forgive your people who have sinned against you, and all their transgressions that they have committed against you | 1 | Solomon twice requests Yahweh to forgive the people. This emphasizes the earnestness of his request. | |
| 849 | 8:51 | lr1a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | a furnace where iron is forged | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a furnace where people forge iron” | |
| 850 | 8:52 | e39q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | May your eyes be open | 1 | The eye is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Please pay attention” | |
| 851 | 8:54 | u3p4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | prayer and request | 1 | The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “request” | |
| 852 | 8:56 | js9b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | May Yahweh be praised | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh” | |
| 853 | 8:56 | vk99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | Not one word has failed out of all Yahweh’s good promises | 1 | This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has made every word of his good promises come true” | |
| 854 | 8:57 | ff12 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | leave us or forsake us | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Solomon’s desire for Yahweh to be present with the people. | |
| 855 | 8:58 | pqz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | incline our hearts to him | 1 | Here their “hearts” refer to the people’s desires and emotions. Desiring to please someone is spoken of as inclining the heart toward that person. Alternate translation: “make us want to please him” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 856 | 8:58 | k5k5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | live in all his ways | 1 | Here “in his ways” is an idiom that refers to the way he wants people to live. Alternate translation: “live as he requires us to live” | |
| 857 | 8:59 | n37s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | day and night | 1 | This merism refers to “all the time” or “continually.” | |
| 858 | 8:61 | xz16 | let your heart be true | 1 | Alternate translation: “be wholly devoted” | ||
| 859 | 8:61 | ke8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walk in his statutes | 1 | The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “always obey his statutes” | |
| 860 | 8:62 | bs3g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | all Israel with him | 1 | This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. | |
| 861 | 8:63 | id7l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | all the people of Israel | 1 | This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. | |
| 862 | 8:63 | v5e3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | twenty-two thousand oxen | 1 | “22,000 oxen” | |
| 863 | 8:63 | ttb5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 120,000 sheep | 1 | “one hundred twenty thousand sheep” | |
| 864 | 8:64 | yz15 | the bronze altar that was before Yahweh | 1 | “the bronze altar that was in Yahweh’s presence.” Since the temple is Yahweh’s dwelling place among his people, the altar is described as being in his presence. | ||
| 865 | 8:65 | k9ax | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | all Israel with him | 1 | This generalization may refer either: (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or (2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:62](./62.md). | |
| 866 | 8:65 | reb2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | seven days … seven days … fourteen days | 1 | “7 days … 7 days … 14 days” | |
| 867 | 8:66 | cs8n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | eighth day | 1 | The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” | |
| 868 | 8:66 | nja5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | joyful and glad | 1 | The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. | |
| 869 | 9:intro | iy5f | 0 | # 1 Kings 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThere are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worship only Yahweh\n\nYahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\n‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]]) | |||
| 870 | 9:3 | f3hf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | your prayer and your request | 1 | The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” | |
| 871 | 9:3 | a6as | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | to put my name there forever | 1 | The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” | |
| 872 | 9:3 | hnx7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | My eyes and my heart will be there | 1 | The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” | |
| 873 | 9:4 | h1h9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | if you walk before me as David your father walked | 1 | The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: “if you live the way I want you to live, just as David your father did” | |
| 874 | 9:4 | v4jv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | in integrity of heart and in uprightness | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how righteous David was. | |
| 875 | 9:5 | gx58 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the throne of your kingdom | 1 | Here “throne” refers to his reign. Alternate translation: “your dynasty” or “your reign” | |
| 876 | 9:5 | yq42 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | will never fail to be on the throne of Israel | 1 | The action of ruling a kingdom is spoken of as if it were a person sitting on a throne. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “will always rule over Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 877 | 9:6 | rn8v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | my commandments and my statutes | 1 | Here the words “commandments” and “statutes” mean basically the same thing and emphasize all that Yahweh has commanded. | |
| 878 | 9:6 | h58e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | worship other gods and bow down to them | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. | |
| 879 | 9:7 | jc4g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | set apart to my name | 1 | Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person who possesses something. Alternate translation: “set apart for myself” | |
| 880 | 9:7 | s96h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | I will cast it out of my sight | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sight**, you can express the same idea with the verb “see.” Looking at something is a metaphor for protecting it. Alternate translation: “I will put it where I no longer have to see it” or “I will get rid of it so I no longer have to protect it” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 881 | 9:8 | r7b8 | This temple will become a heap of ruins | 1 | Alternate translation: “This temple will be destroyed and its remains will be piled into a high mound” | ||
| 882 | 9:8 | i5gt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | will be shocked and will hiss | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will express amazement and make a sound of disrespect” | |
| 883 | 9:9 | dng9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | bowed down to them and worshiped them | 1 | These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. | |
| 884 | 9:10 | ug4u | It came about | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 885 | 9:10 | h3xz | at the end of twenty years | 1 | Alternate translation: “after 20 years” | ||
| 886 | 9:10 | f22q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Solomon had finished building | 1 | It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. | |
| 887 | 9:13 | vnk3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | What cities are these which you have given me, my brother? | 1 | Hiram is rebuking Solomon. This questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “These cities that you have given me are good for nothing.” | |
| 888 | 9:13 | g2mb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | which they are still called today | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and people still call them that today” | |
| 889 | 9:14 | ppd5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 120 talents of gold | 1 | “one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) | |
| 890 | 9:15 | yc64 | the account of the forced labor which King Solomon imposed | 1 | Alternate translation: “the account of Solomon requiring men to work” | ||
| 891 | 9:15 | xw7y | the Millo | 1 | This could mean: (1) “the terrace system” or (2) “the landfill.” | ||
| 892 | 9:16 | g237 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Pharaoh king of Egypt had gone up | 1 | The person is a metonym for the army he commands. Alternate translation: “The army of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, had gone up” | |
| 893 | 9:17 | u6mz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | So Solomon rebuilt Gezer | 1 | It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. | |
| 894 | 9:22 | j3hj | Solomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel | 1 | Alternate translation: “Solomon did not force the people of Israel to labor” | ||
| 895 | 9:23 | ql3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 550 of them | 1 | “five hundred and fifty of them” | |
| 896 | 9:24 | yuq9 | built the Millo | 1 | This could mean: (1) “built the terrace system” or (2) “built the landfill.” See how you translated “the Millo” in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md). | ||
| 897 | 9:25 | z3be | altar that was before Yahweh | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 8:64](../08/64.md). | ||
| 898 | 9:25 | yqb6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | So he completed the temple | 1 | Solomon is a metonym for the workers he hired to do the work. Alternate translation: “So his workers completed the temple” | |
| 899 | 9:26 | k7ed | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | King Solomon built | 1 | It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. | |
| 900 | 9:26 | f1yt | a fleet of ships | 1 | Alternate translation: “a large group of ships” | ||
| 901 | 9:28 | sv65 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 420 talents of gold | 1 | “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) | |
| 902 | 10:intro | abca | 0 | # 1 Kings 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThere are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Queen of Sheba\n\nKing Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) | |||
| 903 | 10:1 | ll43 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh | 1 | Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” | |
| 904 | 10:2 | ktj1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | all that was in her heart | 1 | This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” | |
| 905 | 10:5 | cyv4 | the seating of his servants | 1 | This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.” | ||
| 906 | 10:5 | fj7p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | there was no more breath in her | 1 | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she was utterly amazed” | |
| 907 | 10:6 | j9u6 | I heard in my own land | 1 | Alternate translation: “I heard while I was in my own land” | ||
| 908 | 10:6 | jsh6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | your words and your wisdom | 1 | Here the word “wisdom” can describe the word “words.” Alternate translation: “your wise sayings” | |
| 909 | 10:7 | w8cg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | my eyes have seen it | 1 | The phrase “my eyes” emphasizes that she herself saw it. Alternate translation: “I have seen it for myself” | |
| 910 | 10:7 | eha5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Not half was told me about your wisdom and wealth | 1 | This can be stated without the passive form. Alternate translation: “They did not tell me about even half of your wisdom and wealth” or “You are much more wise and wealthy than what they told me” | |
| 911 | 10:8 | p6v2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | who constantly stand before you | 1 | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “who are always in your presence waiting to serve you” | |
| 912 | 10:9 | jp39 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | May Yahweh your God be praised | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May people praise Yahweh your God” | |
| 913 | 10:9 | vgv4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | who placed you on the throne of Israel | 1 | The throne is a metonym for the king who sits on it. Alternate translation: “who made you king of Israel” | |
| 914 | 10:10 | nkd9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 120 talents of gold | 1 | “one hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 4,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) | |
| 915 | 10:10 | qy6h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | No greater amount of spices … was ever given to him again | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one ever again gave to King Solomon more spices than the queen of Sheba gave to him” | |
| 916 | 10:11 | ss8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | almug wood | 1 | a type of wood, possibly one with a pleasant scent | |
| 917 | 10:12 | w9a9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | The king made | 1 | It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king told his people to make” | |
| 918 | 10:12 | k51b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | or been seen again | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nor has anyone ever seen such a great quantity again” | |
| 919 | 10:12 | l6t4 | to this day | 1 | This means to the day that the author was writing this. | ||
| 920 | 10:13 | k6r5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | everything she wished for, whatever she asked | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. | |
| 921 | 10:13 | yw6r | of his royal bounty | 1 | Alternate translation: “because as king he had so much” | ||
| 922 | 10:14 | s28z | in one year | 1 | “each year.” This refers to every year of Solomon’s reign, and not to just one time. | ||
| 923 | 10:14 | wr4k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 666 talents of gold | 1 | “six hundred sixty-six.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “almost 22,000 kilograms of gold” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) | |
| 924 | 10:16 | ur9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | King Solomon made | 1 | It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “King Solomon’s men made” | |
| 925 | 10:16 | dc4k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | two hundred large shields | 1 | “200 large shields” | |
| 926 | 10:16 | qcy8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight | Six hundred shekels of gold | 1 | A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “About 6.6 kilograms of gold” or “Six and one half kilograms of gold” | |
| 927 | 10:16 | eu65 | Six hundred shekels | 1 | Because the word “shekels” does not appear here in the Hebrew text, some modern versions assume instead the unit of bekah, which was equivalent to only a half shekel. Any version making this assumption would signal a metric equivalent of about three kilograms. | ||
| 928 | 10:17 | zp6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | He also made | 1 | It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: “The king’s men also made” | |
| 929 | 10:17 | x89d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | three hundred shields | 1 | “300 shields” | |
| 930 | 10:17 | x1m1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight | Three minas of gold | 1 | A mina is a unit of weight equal to about 550 grams. Alternate translation: “About 1.7 kilograms of gold” or “One and three-quarters kilograms of gold” | |
| 931 | 10:17 | ii47 | the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon | 1 | “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). | ||
| 932 | 10:18 | rq21 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | the king made | 1 | It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped the king do this. Alternate translation: “the king’s men made” | |
| 933 | 10:18 | bcw6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | throne of ivory | 1 | Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. | |
| 934 | 10:21 | ky1i | the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon | 1 | “the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest.” See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). | ||
| 935 | 10:22 | b4zx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ivory | 1 | Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 10:18](../10/18.md). | |
| 936 | 10:22 | qu73 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | apes and baboons | 1 | These animals live wild in Africa. At the ends of their four limbs are what look like human hands and feet, and they have long tails. Some people consider baboons a type of ape. | |
| 937 | 10:24 | d3dl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | All the earth | 1 | This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “People from everywhere” or “People from many different places” | |
| 938 | 10:24 | a1m3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | sought the presence of Solomon | 1 | The presence of the person is a metonym for being able to speak and listen to the person. Alternate translation: “sought an audience with Solomon” or “wanted to visit Solomon” | |
| 939 | 10:24 | en9c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | to hear his wisdom, which God had put in his heart | 1 | The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and is spoken of as if it were a container. Here, **wisdom** is spoken of as if it were an object that could be put in a container and can be translated as an adjective. It can be a metonym for either the person or the words the person speaks. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wisdom**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to hear his wisdom, which God had given him” or “to hear how wise God had enabled him to be” or “to hear him speak the wise words that God had enabled him to speak” | |
| 940 | 10:26 | d168 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 1,400 chariots and twelve thousand horsemen | 1 | “one thousand four hundred chariots and 12,000 horsemen” | |
| 941 | 10:27 | hi32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | The king had silver in Jerusalem, as much as the stones on the ground | 1 | The narrator uses exaggeration to emphasize the great amount of silver that was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “The king had so much silver in Jerusalem, it was like there was as much silver as there was stones on the ground” | |
| 942 | 10:28 | qm3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | were imported from Egypt | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that his merchants had bought from people in Egypt” | |
| 943 | 10:28 | hmd8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Kue | 1 | This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor. | |
| 944 | 10:29 | a9id | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Chariots were purchased | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants purchased chariots” | |
| 945 | 10:29 | m334 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight | six hundred shekels of silver & 150 shekels | 1 | A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver … about 1.7 kilograms” | |
| 946 | 10:29 | z3uu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | six hundred shekels of silver | 1 | “600 shekels of silver” | |
| 947 | 10:29 | ce7h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 150 shekels | 1 | “one hundred and fifty shekels” | |
| 948 | 10:29 | e5bh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Many of these were then sold | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His merchants then sold many of these” | |
| 949 | 11:intro | abcb | 0 | # 1 Kings 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Solomon. (Chapters 1–11)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Intermarriage with Gentiles\n\nGod had told the people of Israel in Moses’s law never to marry women from the Gentile nations. But Solomon married many women from Gentile countries. This was because their religious beliefs would negatively affect Israel. Solomon, the wisest man, became a fool and his wives persuaded him to worship foolish idols. God became angry and warned he would take away 10 tribes from the kingdom of his son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 950 | 11:1 | i6y4 | Now King Solomon | 1 | The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story. | ||
| 951 | 11:1 | rz6n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites | 1 | These are names of people groups. | |
| 952 | 11:2 | u5n2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | turn your heart to their gods | 1 | To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: “persuade you to worship the gods that they worship” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 953 | 11:3 | pv2y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | seven hundred royal wives and three hundred concubines | 1 | “700 royal wives and 300 concubines” | |
| 954 | 11:3 | l6qf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | turned his heart away | 1 | To “turn someone’s heart” is to convince that person to change his affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “turned his heart away from Yahweh” or “persuaded him to stop worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 955 | 11:4 | d7qt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | his heart was not fully surrendered … as was the heart of David | 1 | To “surrender” your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “he was not fully devoted … as was David” | |
| 956 | 11:5 | u9if | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ashtoreth … Molech | 1 | These are the names of false gods. | |
| 957 | 11:5 | pjt2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Sidonians | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 958 | 11:5 | ucx3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | he followed Molech | 1 | Some version render this as “Milcom.” | |
| 959 | 11:6 | irv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil” | |
| 960 | 11:7 | tm2s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Chemosh … Molech | 1 | These are the names of false gods. | |
| 961 | 11:8 | pkl8 | sacrificed to their gods at them | 1 | Here the words “at them” refer to the shrines that Solomon built. | ||
| 962 | 11:9 | c133 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | his heart had turned away from him | 1 | The words “his heart had turned” refer to his having changed allegiance and affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “Solomon had stopped worshiping Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 963 | 11:9 | h8sw | he had appeared to him twice | 1 | Alternate translation: “Yahweh had appeared to Solomon twice” | ||
| 964 | 11:11 | xd9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | tear the kingdom from you | 1 | To “tear from” is to forcefully remove. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom from you” | |
| 965 | 11:12 | d4rp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the hand of your son | 1 | The word “hand” refers to control, authority and power. Alternate translation: “your son’s control” | |
| 966 | 11:14 | gu9w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Hadad | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 967 | 11:16 | gn6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Joab and all Israel | 1 | The words “all Israel” refer to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “Joab and all of the Israelite army” | |
| 968 | 11:17 | dd34 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | But Hadad was taken with other Edomites by his father’s servants | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “But the servants of Hadad’s father took him with other Edomites” | |
| 969 | 11:18 | vp1v | They left Midian | 1 | Here the word “They” refers to Hadad and the other Edomites mentioned in [1 Kings 11:17](../11/17.md). | ||
| 970 | 11:18 | g3dy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Midian … Paran … Egypt | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 971 | 11:19 | vy6v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Tahpenes | 1 | This is the name of a woman. | |
| 972 | 11:20 | cu24 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Tahpenes | 1 | This is the name of a woman. | |
| 973 | 11:20 | kna5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Hadad … Genubath | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 974 | 11:21 | ub66 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | David had lain down with his ancestors | 1 | This is a polite way of saying David was dead. Alternate translation: “David had died” | |
| 975 | 11:23 | gw5v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Rezon … Eliada … Hadadezer | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 976 | 11:23 | nuu8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Zobah | 1 | This is the name of a location. | |
| 977 | 11:24 | g294 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Zobah … Damascus | 1 | These are names of locations. | |
| 978 | 11:24 | xw9z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | when David defeated | 1 | Here “David” refers to David and his army. Alternate translation: “when David’s army overcame” | |
| 979 | 11:25 | c11u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Aram | 1 | This is the name of a location. | |
| 980 | 11:25 | uqb4 | all the days of Solomon | 1 | Alternate translation: “during the time that Solomon was alive” or “all the days of Solomon’s life” | ||
| 981 | 11:25 | q4nx | Rezon abhorred Israel | 1 | Alternate translation: “Rezon hated Israel very much” | ||
| 982 | 11:26 | my6s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Jeroboam … Nebat | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 983 | 11:26 | p4a7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Zeredah | 1 | This is the name of a location. | |
| 984 | 11:26 | dp3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Zeruah | 1 | This is the name of a woman. | |
| 985 | 11:26 | t72j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | lifted up his hand against the king | 1 | The word “hand” refers to authority, power and control. The phrase “lifted up against” refers to having opposed someone by using authority, power and control. This is a metonym used as a common idiom. Alternate translation: “rebelled against the king” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 986 | 11:27 | zc8g | Solomon had built up the place located at Millo | 1 | Translate “Millo” as in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md). | ||
| 987 | 11:28 | y6ga | a mighty man of valor | 1 | This could mean: (1) “a great warrior” or (2) “a very capable man” or (3) “a wealthy and influential man.” | ||
| 988 | 11:28 | kz58 | he gave him command | 1 | Alternate translation: “he made him commander” | ||
| 989 | 11:28 | xb54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | all the labor | 1 | The word “labor” refers to the work that Solomon commanded the people to do for his government. This is a metonym. | |
| 990 | 11:28 | hea7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the house of Joseph | 1 | This refers to the descendants of Joseph who were the people groups of Ephraim and Manasseh. This is a metonym. | |
| 991 | 11:29 | ijr8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ahijah | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 992 | 11:29 | e5f2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shilonite | 1 | The Shilonites are a people group. | |
| 993 | 11:31 | b9tk | He said | 1 | Here the word “He” refers to Ahijah. | ||
| 994 | 11:31 | zw4e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | tear the kingdom out | 1 | Here “tear … out” is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “forcefully take the kingdom out” | |
| 995 | 11:31 | ei9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the hand of Solomon | 1 | Here “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s control” | |
| 996 | 11:32 | m8js | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Solomon will have | 1 | The name “Solomon” here is a metonym referring to his descendants. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s sons will have” or “Solomon’s descendants will have” | |
| 997 | 11:33 | f1ie | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ashtoreth … Chemosh … Molech | 1 | These are the names of false gods. | |
| 998 | 11:33 | wij3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Sidonians … Moab … Ammon | 1 | These are the names of locations and the people groups that live there. | |
| 999 | 11:33 | ebs4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | what is right in my eyes | 1 | “Eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. Alternate translation: “what I consider to be right” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1000 | 11:34 | i3w3 | I will not take | 1 | Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh. | ||
| 1001 | 11:34 | e7rw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | out of Solomon’s hand | 1 | Here the word “hand” is a metonym that refers to a person’s authority, control and power. Alternate translation: “out of Solomon’s control” | |
| 1002 | 11:35 | u6ey | I will give it to you | 1 | Here the word “you” refers to Jeroboam. | ||
| 1003 | 11:36 | nvf4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | may always have a lamp before me | 1 | The word “lamp” is a metonym that refers to a person’s influence and guidance. Alternate translation: “will always have a descendant to rule as an influence and a guide for obeying my covenant with David’s family” | |
| 1004 | 11:37 | zb1t | I will take you | 1 | Here the word “I” refers to Yahweh and the word “you” refers to Jeroboam. | ||
| 1005 | 11:38 | z9vj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | what is right in my eyes | 1 | The word “eyes” here is a metonym for someone’s opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:33](../11/33.md). (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1006 | 11:38 | zk8x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | build you a sure house | 1 | The clause “build a house” is a metaphor for establishing descendants from that time on. Alternate translation: “establish for you a lasting kingdom” | |
| 1007 | 11:40 | m9v1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shishak | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 1008 | 11:41 | cf3z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of Solomon? | 1 | This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you can find them in the book of the events of Solomon.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1009 | 11:41 | yk5p | the book of the events of Solomon | 1 | This book no longer exists. | ||
| 1010 | 11:43 | wer1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | He slept with his ancestors and he was buried | 1 | The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1011 | 11:43 | ttg1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | he was buried | 1 | This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” | |
| 1012 | 12:intro | abcc | 0 | # 1 Kings 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Civil war\n\nThis chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel splits\n\nGod’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])\n\n### Jeroboam introduces calf worship\n\nJeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) | |||
| 1013 | 12:1 | rer8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | all Israel was coming | 1 | Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1014 | 12:2 | kgj5 | It happened that | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 1015 | 12:2 | s9f6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Jeroboam … Nebat | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 1016 | 12:3 | hs1v | called him | 1 | Here the word “him” refers to Jeroboam. | ||
| 1017 | 12:4 | nt4b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | made our yoke heavy | 1 | A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. Alternate translation: “treated us cruelly” or “forced us to work very hard” | |
| 1018 | 12:6 | b1cu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the old men who had stood before Solomon | 1 | To “stand before” is an idiom for serving the king in his presence. Alternate translation: “the old men who counseled Solomon” or “the old men who attended to Solomon” | |
| 1019 | 12:9 | w13a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Lighten the yoke that your father put on us | 1 | To “lighten the yoke” is a metaphor to represent lifting of the burden. Alternate translation: “Do not treat us as cruelly as your father did” or “Do not force us to work as hard as your father did” | |
| 1020 | 12:10 | f3lx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist | 1 | This metaphor means that Rehoboam is more cruel and intimidating than his father. Alternate translation: “What I will do to make your burden heavier is much more than what my father put on you” | |
| 1021 | 12:11 | p1d4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions | 1 | This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment” | |
| 1022 | 12:11 | y1yh | punish you with scorpions | 1 | The word **scorpions** may refer to: (1) a whip with sharp metal barbs on the end or (2) a spider-like creature that has a poisonous sting. | ||
| 1023 | 12:14 | akf3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | burdened you with a heavy yoke | 1 | A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:4](../12/04.md). Alternate translation: “treated you cruelly” or “forced you to work very hard” | |
| 1024 | 12:14 | m7vy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions | 1 | This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:11](../12/11.md). Alternate translation: “My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment” | |
| 1025 | 12:15 | tz7u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | it was a turn of events brought about by Yahweh | 1 | This is an idiom and can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh caused things to happen like this” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1026 | 12:15 | k3cf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | his word that he had spoken by Ahijah … to Jeroboam | 1 | The idiom “had spoken by” someone refers to giving someone a message to tell others. | |
| 1027 | 12:15 | cf34 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ahijah … Jeroboam … Nebat | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 1028 | 12:15 | e3ze | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shilonite | 1 | This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. | |
| 1029 | 12:16 | xhj1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | all Israel | 1 | Here “Israel” represents all he men of Israel capable of fighting. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1030 | 12:16 | k5yx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | What share do we have in David? | 1 | “Share” here is a metonym meaning a part, involvement, or interest. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: “We will have no part in the family of David.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1031 | 12:16 | b5fl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | We have no inheritance in the son of Jesse | 1 | “Son of Jesse” here is a metonym for David, a son of Jesse. “Inheritance” is a metonym for the part left for these people from David’s successes. Alternate translation: “We will have nothing to do with the descendants of Jesse” | |
| 1032 | 12:16 | u1a1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Go to your tents, Israel | 1 | “Tents” here is a metonym representing a person’s place of residence. Alternate translation: “Go to your homes, people of Israel” | |
| 1033 | 12:16 | l1mn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Now see to your own house, David | 1 | “House” here is a metonym for David’s lineage of power and prestige. Alternate translation: “Now take care of your own kingdom, descendant of David” | |
| 1034 | 12:18 | qw63 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Adoniram | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 1035 | 12:18 | nf44 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | all Israel | 1 | Here “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. “All Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel who were there” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1036 | 12:19 | e9fg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the house of David | 1 | Here “house” is a metonym that represents family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David” | |
| 1037 | 12:19 | wki7 | to this day | 1 | “ever since that time.” This refers to the time that the writer was actually writing this. | ||
| 1038 | 12:20 | ek8h | It happened that | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 1039 | 12:20 | xsq2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | when all Israel heard | 1 | “All Israel” here is a generalization that means the capable men of Israel who represent the rest of the people by a synecdoche. Alternate translation: “when all the leaders of Israel heard” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1040 | 12:20 | q57f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | king over all Israel | 1 | “Israel” implicitly means the northern ten tribes that rebelled against Rehoboam. Alternate translation: “king over all of the 10 tribes of Israel” | |
| 1041 | 12:20 | e94p | the family of David | 1 | Alternate translation: “David’s descendants” | ||
| 1042 | 12:21 | bcr4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | all the house of Judah and the tribe of Benjamin | 1 | Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. And, here “tribe” refers specifically to the soldiers from those tribes. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” | |
| 1043 | 12:21 | sx4r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 180,000 chosen men | 1 | “one hundred eighty thousand chosen men” | |
| 1044 | 12:21 | va9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the house of Israel | 1 | Here “house” represents the kingdom made up of the 10 northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Israel” or “the people of the northern tribes of Israel” | |
| 1045 | 12:22 | lz9d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the word of God came … it said | 1 | This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “God spoke this message … and he said” or “God spoke these words … and he said” | |
| 1046 | 12:22 | bf83 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shemaiah | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 1047 | 12:22 | t1dq | the man of God | 1 | The expression “man of God” is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the man who belongs to God” or “the prophet of God” | ||
| 1048 | 12:23 | v1cq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | all the house of Judah and Benjamin | 1 | Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. Alternate translation: “all the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” | |
| 1049 | 12:24 | s1c7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | your brothers the people of Israel | 1 | The words “brothers” and “people of Israel” are a doublet that refer to the men of the ten northern tribes and emphasize the family relationship between them and the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. | |
| 1050 | 12:24 | kwz5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | for this thing has been made to happen by me | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because I have made this thing happen” | |
| 1051 | 12:26 | ul7w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | thought in his heart | 1 | “Heart” here is a metonym for a person’s inner consciousness, thoughts, motivation, or feelings. Alternate translation: “thought to himself” | |
| 1052 | 12:26 | ek8x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the house of David | 1 | Here “house” is a metonym representing family or descendants. Alternate translation: “the kings descended from David” | |
| 1053 | 12:27 | t95u | If these people go up | 1 | The words “these people” refer to the people of the northern ten tribes of Israel. | ||
| 1054 | 12:27 | jw8j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the heart of these people | 1 | “Heart” here is a metonym for the people’s allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: “the allegiance of these people” | |
| 1055 | 12:27 | vzl3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | turn again to their master, to Rehoboam king of Judah … return to Rehoboam king of Judah | 1 | These phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize Jeroboam’s fear that the people would turn again to Rehoboam as king. | |
| 1056 | 12:28 | aag1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | brought you up | 1 | “You” here is a metonym for the ancestors of the people. Alternate translation: “brought your ancestors up” | |
| 1057 | 12:31 | mi56 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Jeroboam made houses on high places | 1 | The workers who did this at Jeroboam’s commands are represented by the metonym of the name of Jeroboam himself. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s workers made houses on high places” | |
| 1058 | 12:31 | d1nx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | houses on high places | 1 | The implied information is that these were houses of worship. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on high places” | |
| 1059 | 12:31 | q1ht | made priests | 1 | Alternate translation: “appointed men to be priests” | ||
| 1060 | 12:32 | t9dt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month | 1 | This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of November on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on the fifteenth day of the eighth month” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1061 | 12:32 | f8e9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | went up to the altar | 1 | “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” | |
| 1062 | 12:33 | t8tb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | went up to the altar | 1 | “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” | |
| 1063 | 12:33 | uh1v | in the month he had planned in his own mind | 1 | Alternate translation: “in the month that he had determined” | ||
| 1064 | 13:intro | abcd | 0 | # 1 Kings 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1–10) and the old prophet’s deception (11–34). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Obeying God\n\nPeople should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]]) | |||
| 1065 | 13:1 | xe5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel | 1 | The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1066 | 13:1 | gc3y | A man of God | 1 | This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet” | ||
| 1067 | 13:1 | zw3a | came out of Judah | 1 | Alternate translation: “came from Judah” | ||
| 1068 | 13:1 | y888 | the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1069 | 13:2 | w431 | He cried against the altar | 1 | Here “He” refers to the man of God. | ||
| 1070 | 13:2 | j9hb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | cried against the altar | 1 | This means he prophesied toward the altar in a loud and condemning voice. Alternate translation: “prophesied loudly toward the altar” | |
| 1071 | 13:2 | b5kx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe | Altar, altar | 1 | The prophet spoke to the altar as if it were a person who could hear him. He said this twice for emphasis. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1072 | 13:2 | xz9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | a son named Josiah will be born to the family of David | 1 | Here the “family of David” refers to the descendants of David. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David will have a son named Josiah” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1073 | 13:2 | rc7m | they will burn | 1 | Here “they” refers to Josiah and the people with him. | ||
| 1074 | 13:3 | z5ty | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the altar will be split apart, and the ashes on it will be poured out | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will split the altar apart and the ashes on it will fall to the ground” | |
| 1075 | 13:4 | vle1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the hand with which he had reached out against the man dried up | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh dried up the hand with which he had reached out against the man” | |
| 1076 | 13:4 | zft3 | dried up | 1 | Alternate translation: “withered” or “became paralyzed” | ||
| 1077 | 13:5 | pg6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The altar was also split apart | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh also split the altar apart” | |
| 1078 | 13:5 | r5aa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | as described by the sign that the man of God had given by the word of Yahweh | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the man of God had described by the word of Yahweh as a sign” | |
| 1079 | 13:5 | u4ww | the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1080 | 13:6 | y2ga | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | Plead for the favor of Yahweh your God | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **favor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Plead that Yahweh your God may favor me” | |
| 1081 | 13:6 | mlb5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | my hand may be restored to me again | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh may restore my hand” | |
| 1082 | 13:6 | whk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the king’s hand was restored to him again, and it became as it was before | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh restored the king’s hand and made it as it was before” | |
| 1083 | 13:7 | hp7c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | Come home with me and refresh yourself | 1 | The word “yourself” is a reflexive pronoun. Alternate translation: “Come home with me and eat some food” | |
| 1084 | 13:8 | m4ns | half your possessions | 1 | Alternate translation: “half of your house” | ||
| 1085 | 13:9 | cz7l | You will eat no bread nor drink water, nor return by the way that you came | 1 | Alternate translation: “Do not eat bread, drink water, or return by the way that you came” | ||
| 1086 | 13:10 | zph8 | left another way | 1 | Alternate translation: “went a different way” | ||
| 1087 | 13:12 | ujg1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | his sons had seen the way | 1 | The implied information is that the sons also told their father which way the man of God went. | |
| 1088 | 13:13 | heb1 | Saddle | 1 | This means to place a seat on the back of an animal so a person can ride on it. | ||
| 1089 | 13:14 | ijy3 | The old prophet | 1 | This refers to the prophet who lived in Bethel. | ||
| 1090 | 13:14 | iz7y | he said to him | 1 | Alternate translation: “the old prophet said to the man of God” | ||
| 1091 | 13:14 | z6cq | He answered | 1 | Alternate translation: “The man of God answered” | ||
| 1092 | 13:16 | r6gl | go in with you | 1 | Alternate translation: “go into your house” | ||
| 1093 | 13:16 | tlu7 | in this place | 1 | Alternate translation: “in Bethel” | ||
| 1094 | 13:17 | lc3f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | it was commanded to me by the word of Yahweh | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded me by his word” | |
| 1095 | 13:17 | h2f5 | the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1096 | 13:18 | z9es | an angel spoke to me by the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “an angel delivered to me a message from Yahweh” | ||
| 1097 | 13:18 | nn2d | by the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1098 | 13:20 | jm5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | As they sat at the table | 1 | The implied information is that they were still eating and drinking at the table. Alternate translation: “As they were eating and drinking at the table” | |
| 1099 | 13:20 | gh86 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the word of Yahweh came to the prophet | 1 | The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to the prophet” or “Yahweh spoke this message to the prophet” | |
| 1100 | 13:20 | smt3 | brought him back | 1 | Here the word “him” refers to the man of God. | ||
| 1101 | 13:21 | t7yr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | came from Judah, saying, “Yahweh | 1 | The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” in the previous verse is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “came from Judah. He said, ‘Yahweh” or “came from Judah: ‘Yahweh” | |
| 1102 | 13:21 | ka7n | he cried to the man of God | 1 | Alternate translation: “the prophet spoke loudly to the man of God” | ||
| 1103 | 13:21 | c5k8 | Because you have been disobedient to the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “Because you have not obeyed the word of Yahweh” | ||
| 1104 | 13:23 | yg23 | the prophet saddled the donkey | 1 | This means he placed a seat on the back of the donkey so the man of God could ride on it. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 13:13](../13/13.md). | ||
| 1105 | 13:24 | cs7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | his body was left on the road | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “left his body on the road” | |
| 1106 | 13:24 | b5wa | his body | 1 | Alternate translation: “his dead body” | ||
| 1107 | 13:25 | sim2 | they came and told it | 1 | Here “it” refers to what they had seen on the road. Alternate translation: “they came and told about what they had seen” | ||
| 1108 | 13:28 | im6s | the body | 1 | Alternate translation: “the dead body of the man of God” | ||
| 1109 | 13:28 | s3e9 | left in the road | 1 | Alternate translation: “lying in the road” | ||
| 1110 | 13:29 | f12j | took up | 1 | Alternate translation: “lifted up” | ||
| 1111 | 13:29 | v8rd | the body | 1 | Alternate translation: “the dead body” | ||
| 1112 | 13:30 | m79y | they mourned | 1 | Here the word “they” refers to the prophet and his sons. | ||
| 1113 | 13:30 | s4c8 | Woe, my brother! | 1 | The word “Woe” here is an expression of great sorrow. | ||
| 1114 | 13:31 | mwf5 | he had buried him | 1 | Here the word “he” refers to the old prophet and the word “him” refers to the man of God. | ||
| 1115 | 13:31 | h3ms | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Lay my bones beside his bones | 1 | Here “my bones” represents his entire body. Alternate translation: “Lay my dead body beside his bones” | |
| 1116 | 13:32 | cl38 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | houses on the high places | 1 | The implied information is that these were houses of worship. Alternate translation: “houses of worship on the high places” | |
| 1117 | 13:34 | u6v6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | This matter became sin to the family of Jeroboam | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s family sinned by doing this thing” | |
| 1118 | 13:34 | u16a | This matter | 1 | This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests. | ||
| 1119 | 13:34 | ab53 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” | |
| 1120 | 13:34 | p7vm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | to be destroyed and to be exterminated | 1 | These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” | |
| 1121 | 14:intro | abce | 0 | # 1 Kings 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1–18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20–31).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The death of Jeroboam’s son\nGod knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Rehoboam’s reign\nWhen Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) | |||
| 1122 | 14:2 | qek9 | disguise yourself | 1 | Alternate translation: “change how you appear to others” | ||
| 1123 | 14:2 | dqs3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | you will not be recognized | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” | |
| 1124 | 14:5 | gqa2 | Look, the wife of Jeroboam | 1 | Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.” | ||
| 1125 | 14:5 | j3d5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | coming to seek advice from you | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **advice**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “coming to ask you to advise her” | |
| 1126 | 14:5 | yfs2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | Say such and such to her | 1 | The words “such and such” mean that Yahweh told Ahijah what to say. Alternate translation: “Speak in this way to her” | |
| 1127 | 14:6 | ua5q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Why do you pretend to be someone you are not? | 1 | This question shows that Ahijah knew she was disguised. Alternate translation: “Stop pretending to be someone else; I know who you are.” | |
| 1128 | 14:6 | d37a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | I have been sent to you with bad news | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told me to give you bad news” | |
| 1129 | 14:7 | yfv3 | I raised you | 1 | Alternate translation: “I exalted you” | ||
| 1130 | 14:8 | dpr3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | I tore the kingdom away | 1 | God forcefully removed most of the kingdom like a person tears a piece of cloth. | |
| 1131 | 14:8 | bf17 | followed me | 1 | Alternate translation: “obeyed me” | ||
| 1132 | 14:8 | gar7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | with all his heart | 1 | Here the “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all his will” or “with complete commitment” | |
| 1133 | 14:8 | q6zi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was right in my eyes | 1 | The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what I judged to be right” or “what I considered to be right” | |
| 1134 | 14:9 | u58x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | thrust me behind your back | 1 | Jeroboam has disrespected Yahweh like a person throws away something that is not wanted. Alternate translation: “completely rejected me” | |
| 1135 | 14:10 | jtx8 | look | 1 | “pay attention.” This word is added to indicate that what follows is important. | ||
| 1136 | 14:10 | fi6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | I will cut off … and will completely remove | 1 | These two phrases are very similar in meaning and are repeated for emphasis. | |
| 1137 | 14:10 | yn7w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | cut off from you every male child in Israel | 1 | Yahweh speaks of destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants as if he were cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel” | |
| 1138 | 14:10 | zd2e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | will completely remove your family, like someone who burns up dung until it is gone | 1 | This simile compares the removal of every descendant of Jeroboam with the complete burning up of dung that was mixed with straw, dried, and burned for fuel. | |
| 1139 | 14:11 | e4g6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Anyone who belongs to your family who dies in the city will be eaten by dogs | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Dogs will eat anyone who belongs to your family and who dies in the city” | |
| 1140 | 14:11 | vp8m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | anyone who dies in the field will be eaten by the birds of the heavens | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the birds of the heavens will eat anyone who dies in the field” | |
| 1141 | 14:12 | nm7y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | when your feet enter the city | 1 | The word “feet” here is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “when you enter the city” | |
| 1142 | 14:13 | pc5p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | All Israel | 1 | This is a generalization that means the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Israelite people” | |
| 1143 | 14:13 | und5 | go into a grave | 1 | Alternate translation: “be buried in a grave” | ||
| 1144 | 14:13 | y175 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | out of Jeroboam’s house | 1 | The word “house” here is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “in all of Jeroboam’s family” | |
| 1145 | 14:13 | g2na | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | was anything good found in the sight of Yahweh, the God of Israel | 1 | The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did Yahweh, the God of Israel, find anything he judged to be good” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1146 | 14:14 | j5k3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | cut off the family of Jeroboam | 1 | The writer speaks of the new king of Israel destroying Jeroboam’s family and preventing him from having any descendants like one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy the descendants of Jeroboam” | |
| 1147 | 14:15 | li45 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | Yahweh will attack Israel as a reed is shaken in the water | 1 | The writer here uses a simile to express how Yahweh will bring judgment on the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will attack the people of Israel as a reed is shaken in the water” | |
| 1148 | 14:15 | ul1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | as a reed is shaken in the water | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a river of water shakes a reed” | |
| 1149 | 14:15 | fha5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | he will root up Israel out of this good land | 1 | Yahweh compares Israel with a plant that he will tear out of the ground by its roots. Alternate translation: “he will remove the people of Israel from this good land” | |
| 1150 | 14:15 | h592 | scatter them | 1 | Alternate translation: “disperse them” | ||
| 1151 | 14:17 | w3yy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Tirzah | 1 | This is the name of the city where king Jeroboam lived. | |
| 1152 | 14:18 | tt3k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | All Israel buried him and mourned for him | 1 | This is a generalization that means the people of Israel buried him and mourned for him. Alternate translation: “A great number of the people of Israel were present when people buried him, and the people of Israel mourned for him” | |
| 1153 | 14:18 | h95x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | just as it was told to them by the word of Yahweh | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh told them” | |
| 1154 | 14:18 | be92 | by the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “by the message of Yahweh” or “in Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1155 | 14:19 | yrn5 | see | 1 | Alternate translation: “look” or “see for yourself” | ||
| 1156 | 14:19 | z8ib | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | they are written in | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you can find them written in” or “someone has written about them in” | |
| 1157 | 14:19 | bn67 | the book of the events of the kings of Israel | 1 | This refers to a book that no longer exists. | ||
| 1158 | 14:20 | srn1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | twenty-two years | 1 | “22 years” | |
| 1159 | 14:20 | wjl3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | slept with his ancestors | 1 | Jeroboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1160 | 14:21 | q3tp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | forty-one years old … seventeen years | 1 | “41 years old … 17 years” | |
| 1161 | 14:21 | j1gb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | in which to put his name | 1 | Here “put his name” is a metonym for “dwell” and refers to the temple where Yahweh was to be worshiped. Alternate translation: “in which to dwell” or “in which to be worshiped” | |
| 1162 | 14:21 | f2e3 | His mother’s name | 1 | Here the word “His” refers to Rehoboam. | ||
| 1163 | 14:21 | g2ic | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Naamah | 1 | This is a woman’s name. | |
| 1164 | 14:22 | gl83 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Judah did | 1 | Here “Judah” represents the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah did” | |
| 1165 | 14:22 | x9gx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The “sight” of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” | |
| 1166 | 14:22 | v839 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | they provoked him to jealousy | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **jealousy**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “they made him jealous” | |
| 1167 | 14:22 | ms6i | their fathers | 1 | Alternate translation: “their ancestors” | ||
| 1168 | 14:23 | p8sk | For they also built | 1 | The word “they” here refers to the people of Judah. | ||
| 1169 | 14:23 | chb2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | built for themselves | 1 | The words “for themselves” are a metonym for what they will do with the high places. Alternate translation: “built for their own use” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 1170 | 14:23 | m593 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | on every high hill and under every green tree | 1 | This is likely to be an exaggeration that indicates there were many places like these for false worship all over the country. Alternate translation: “on the high hills and under the green trees” | |
| 1171 | 14:24 | k9ye | cultic prostitutes | 1 | “religious prostitutes” or “male prostitutes.” This probably refers to male prostitutes who were associated with idol worship. | ||
| 1172 | 14:24 | sd6g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the same despicable practices as the nations that | 1 | Here the word “nations” represents the people in those nations. Alternate translation: “the same disgusting things that the people did, whom” | |
| 1173 | 14:25 | bd5w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | in the fifth year of King Rehoboam | 1 | This refers to the fifth year of Rehoboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “in the fifth year that Rehoboam was king” | |
| 1174 | 14:25 | r9et | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | in the fifth year | 1 | “in year 5” | |
| 1175 | 14:25 | ims7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Shishak king of Egypt came up against Jerusalem | 1 | “Shishak king of Egypt” represents himself along with the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Shishak king of Egypt, and his army with him, came up against Jerusalem” | |
| 1176 | 14:25 | gj7w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shishak | 1 | This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:40](../11/40.md). | |
| 1177 | 14:25 | ly55 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | came up against | 1 | This is an idiom that means marched against or attacked. Alternate translation: “came to attack” | |
| 1178 | 14:26 | e4q1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | He took everything away | 1 | This is a generalization that indicates every valuable thing that could be found was taken away. Alternate translation: “He took away many valuable things” | |
| 1179 | 14:26 | ft41 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | He took | 1 | The word “He” represents Shishak and the soldiers who were with him. Alternate translation: “Shishak and his army took” | |
| 1180 | 14:26 | h6p9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | that Solomon had made | 1 | Here “Solomon” refers to the craftsmen who worked for Solomon to make the shields. Alternate translation: “that Solomon had his workers make” | |
| 1181 | 14:27 | q3ge | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | King Rehoboam made shields | 1 | Here “King Rehoboam” represents the persons who worked for him to make the shields. Alternate translation: “King Rehoboam’s workers made shields” | |
| 1182 | 14:27 | hr79 | in their place | 1 | Alternate translation: “in place of the shields of gold” | ||
| 1183 | 14:27 | xtu7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | entrusted them into the hands of the commanders | 1 | Here “hands” represents care or responsibility. Alternate translation: “made them the responsibility of the commanders” | |
| 1184 | 14:27 | wwb3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | who guarded the doors to the king’s house | 1 | Here “doors” represents the entrance. Alternate translation: “who guarded the entrance to the king’s house” | |
| 1185 | 14:28 | xyg7 | the guards would carry them | 1 | Alternate translation: “the guards would carry the shields of bronze” | ||
| 1186 | 14:29 | p36w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? | 1 | This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1187 | 14:29 | fs5w | the book of the events of the kings of Judah | 1 | This refers to a book that no longer exists. | ||
| 1188 | 14:30 | t5f2 | There was constant warfare | 1 | Alternate translation: “There was continuing war” or “There were constant battles” | ||
| 1189 | 14:30 | cq7z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | warfare between Rehoboam and Jeroboam | 1 | The names of the kings represent themselves and their armies. Alternate translation: “the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam fought in battle again and again” or “Rehoboam and his people and Jeroboam and his people engaged in battle continually” | |
| 1190 | 14:31 | jkz7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | slept with his ancestors | 1 | Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1191 | 14:31 | njq1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | was buried with them | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” | |
| 1192 | 14:31 | pki8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Naamah | 1 | This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). | |
| 1193 | 14:31 | t2h3 | Abijah his son | 1 | Alternate translation: “Abijah the son of Rehoboam” | ||
| 1194 | 14:31 | xgz7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | became king in his place | 1 | The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” | |
| 1195 | 15:intro | abcf | 0 | # 1 Kings 15 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nJudah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “But the shrines were not taken away.”\nAt the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) | |||
| 1196 | 15:1 | ms3b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat | 1 | This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” | |
| 1197 | 15:1 | njh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | In the eighteenth year | 1 | “In year 18” | |
| 1198 | 15:3 | hlc3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | He walked in all the sins | 1 | Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” | |
| 1199 | 15:3 | cm11 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | that his father had committed before his time | 1 | Since these verses refer to several kings, it may help to include the name of Abijah’s father. This information can be made clear. AT “that his father, Rehoboam, had committed before Abijah’s time” | |
| 1200 | 15:3 | v4ps | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | his time | 1 | This phrase represents the time that he was king. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “before Abijah was king” | |
| 1201 | 15:3 | p8rm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | his heart was not devoted … as the heart of David | 1 | The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Abijah was not devoted … as David” | |
| 1202 | 15:4 | qbs7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | gave him a lamp in Jerusalem | 1 | The word “lamp” here represents a descendant who would be king as David was. Alternate translation: “gave David a descendant to rule in Jerusalem” | |
| 1203 | 15:4 | t1tl | by raising up his son after him | 1 | Alternate translation: “by raising up Abijah’s son after him” or “by giving Abijah a son” | ||
| 1204 | 15:5 | al5u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was right in his eyes | 1 | The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” | |
| 1205 | 15:5 | k5rn | for all the days of his life | 1 | Alternate translation: “the whole time that David lived” or “throughout David’s whole life” | ||
| 1206 | 15:5 | z4w5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | he had not turned away from anything that he commanded him | 1 | Turning away from a command represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “David did not disobey anything that God commanded him” | |
| 1207 | 15:5 | w6dj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | except only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite | 1 | This is a general way to refer to the situation with Uriah. It can be stated more clearly what this matter was. Alternate translation: “except for what he did to Uriah the Hittite” or “except when he caused Uriah the Hittite to be killed” | |
| 1208 | 15:6 | n25z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | between Rehoboam and Jeroboam | 1 | These kings represent themselves and their armies. Rehoboam was Abijah’s father. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam” | |
| 1209 | 15:6 | c8zy | all the days of Abijah’s life | 1 | Alternate translation: “the whole time that Abijah lived” | ||
| 1210 | 15:7 | sm1j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? | 1 | This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” | |
| 1211 | 15:7 | s4gi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? | 1 | This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” | |
| 1212 | 15:7 | yd6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | between Abijah and Jeroboam | 1 | The names “Abijah” and “Jeroboam” represent the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “between the armies of Abijah and Jeroboam” | |
| 1213 | 15:8 | p4ez | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Abijah slept with his ancestors | 1 | In this euphemism, sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Abijah died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Abaijah died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1214 | 15:8 | mnv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | became king in his place | 1 | The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” | |
| 1215 | 15:9 | s2q2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | In the twentieth year of Jeroboam king of Israel | 1 | This refers to the twentieth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost twenty years” | |
| 1216 | 15:9 | ijk4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | In the twentieth year | 1 | “In year 20” | |
| 1217 | 15:10 | u261 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | forty-one years | 1 | “41 years” | |
| 1218 | 15:11 | yb2a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was right in the eyes of Yahweh | 1 | The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Asa’s actions. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judges to be right” or “what Yahweh considers to be right” | |
| 1219 | 15:12 | vv3y | the cultic prostitutes | 1 | This probably refers to prostitutes who were associated with idol worship and who were all men. Alternate translation: “religious prostitutes” or “the prostitutes who worked for idols” or “male prostitutes” | ||
| 1220 | 15:13 | mg96 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Asa cut down the disgusting figure | 1 | Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: “Asa caused the disgusting figure to be cut down” or “Asa made them cut down the disgusting figure” | |
| 1221 | 15:14 | r4zr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | But the high places were not taken away | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Asa did not command the people to take away the high places” | |
| 1222 | 15:14 | s4gj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Asa’s heart was completely devoted | 1 | The heart represents the person. Alternate translation: “Asa was completely devoted” | |
| 1223 | 15:14 | t6x3 | all his days | 1 | Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” | ||
| 1224 | 15:16 | tn4r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | all their days | 1 | This refers to the entire time they reigned as kings. Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel” | |
| 1225 | 15:17 | n79t | acted aggressively against Judah | 1 | Alternate translation: “attacked Judah” | ||
| 1226 | 15:17 | sg29 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | built up Ramah | 1 | It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” | |
| 1227 | 15:18 | b51e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He put it into the hands of his servants | 1 | Putting things in their hands represents giving those things to them. It is implied that they would do with it what he wanted them to do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He entrusted it to his servants” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1228 | 15:18 | mgp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He said | 1 | This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad” or “Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1229 | 15:19 | k8ci | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Let there be a covenant between me and you | 1 | A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: “Let us have a covenant with each other” or “Let us make a peace treaty” | |
| 1230 | 15:19 | jvl5 | Look, I | 1 | Alternate translation: “As proof that I want a treaty with you, I” | ||
| 1231 | 15:19 | rwr8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel | 1 | Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: “Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel” or “Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him” | |
| 1232 | 15:19 | j9mj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel | 1 | Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel, and attack Israel” | |
| 1233 | 15:21 | wf5g | It came about that | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 1234 | 15:21 | n32w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | he stopped building up Ramah | 1 | King Baasha did this by telling his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “he had his workers stop building up Ramah” | |
| 1235 | 15:21 | lb5i | Tirzah | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). | ||
| 1236 | 15:22 | gnh4 | No one was exempted | 1 | This can also be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Every one had to obey King Asa’s proclamation” | ||
| 1237 | 15:23 | w5tx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? | 1 | This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah” | |
| 1238 | 15:23 | w7sz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” | |
| 1239 | 15:24 | tq8e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Asa slept with his ancestors | 1 | Sleeping here is a euphemism which represents dying. Alternate translation: “Asa died as his ancestors had” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1240 | 15:24 | fa26 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | was buried with them | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they buried him with his ancestors” | |
| 1241 | 15:24 | u9jw | David his father | 1 | The word “father” here refers to an ancestor. Alternate translation: “King David, his ancestor” | ||
| 1242 | 15:25 | y9r8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | the second year of Asa king of Judah | 1 | This refers to the second year of Asa’s reign. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “when Asa had been king of Judah for almost two years” | |
| 1243 | 15:25 | thl7 | he reigned over Israel two years | 1 | Alternate translation: “Nadab reigned over Israel two years” | ||
| 1244 | 15:26 | cj46 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1245 | 15:26 | f53f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walked in the way of his father | 1 | Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father had done” | |
| 1246 | 15:26 | ebp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | in his own sin | 1 | Walking in his own sin represents sinning in ways that were different from the ways that his father had sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned in his own ways” | |
| 1247 | 15:26 | wr2a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | by which he led Israel to sin | 1 | Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” | |
| 1248 | 15:27 | uzg3 | conspired against Nadab | 1 | Alternate translation: “secretly plotted to kill King Nadab” | ||
| 1249 | 15:27 | p5ql | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Gibbethon | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 1250 | 15:27 | n1b5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Nadab and all Israel | 1 | “The phrase “all Israel” is a generalization that represents the many soldiers of Israel. Alternate translation: “Nadab and the many soldiers of Israel” or “Nadab and the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1251 | 15:27 | n3zg | were laying siege to Gibbethon | 1 | Alternate translation: “were surrounding Gibbethon, so that the people of Gibbethon would surrender to them” | ||
| 1252 | 15:28 | l1aj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | became king in his place | 1 | The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Nadab” | |
| 1253 | 15:29 | vp7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | Baasha killed all the family of Jeroboam. He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing. | 1 | These two sentences mean the same thing and are combined to emphasize his descendents were all killed. | |
| 1254 | 15:29 | m6jg | all the family of Jeroboam | 1 | Jeroboam was King Nadab’s father. | ||
| 1255 | 15:29 | djq7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants breathing | 1 | Breathing represents being alive. Alternate translation: “He left none of Jeroboam’s descendants living” | |
| 1256 | 15:29 | zqy4 | his royal line | 1 | Alternate translation: “Jeroboam’s royal line” | ||
| 1257 | 15:29 | w2vx | just as Yahweh had spoken by his servant Ahijah the Shilonite | 1 | In [1 Kings 14:10](../14/10.md) and [1 Kings 14:11](../14/11.md) Yahweh spoke through his prophet Ahijah and told Jeroboam that he would destroy his family. | ||
| 1258 | 15:29 | vmg9 | Ahijah the Shilonite | 1 | Alternate translation: “Ahijah, who was from Shiloh” | ||
| 1259 | 15:30 | p24y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | for the sins of Jeroboam which he committed and by which he led Israel to sin | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sins**, you can express the same idea with the verb “sin.” Alternate translation: “because Jeroboam sinned and led Israel to sin in the same ways” | |
| 1260 | 15:30 | l8b6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | by which he led Israel to sin | 1 | Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do something. Alternate translation: “by which he influenced Israel to sin” | |
| 1261 | 15:31 | p7n1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? | 1 | This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Nadab is in this other book. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1262 | 15:31 | i3dw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1263 | 15:32 | fnf6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | all their days | 1 | This refers to the whole period of time that they reign as kings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:16](../15/16.md) Alternate translation: “the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel” | |
| 1264 | 15:33 | qka7 | Tirzah | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). | ||
| 1265 | 15:34 | j9xv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1266 | 15:34 | i9dh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walked in the way of Jeroboam | 1 | Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” | |
| 1267 | 15:34 | w9fq | in his sin by which he led Israel to sin | 1 | Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. | ||
| 1268 | 15:34 | yq78 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | by which he led Israel to sin | 1 | Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” | |
| 1269 | 16:intro | abcg | 0 | # 1 Kings 16 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Incorrect worship\n\nThe prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) | |||
| 1270 | 16:1 | kf7z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | The word of Yahweh came | 1 | This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” | |
| 1271 | 16:2 | rjv3 | Although I exalted you | 1 | This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha. | ||
| 1272 | 16:2 | pn3u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | I exalted you out of the dust | 1 | “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” | |
| 1273 | 16:2 | ygn2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | you have walked in the way of Jeroboam | 1 | Walking represents behaving. Jeroboam and Baasha both sinned. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “you have done the same things that Jeroboam did” or “you have sinned as Jeroboam sinned” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1274 | 16:3 | hht4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | See, I will completely sweep away Baasha and his family | 1 | Yahweh is speaking to Baasha, and the phrase “his family” refers to Baasha’s family. This can be translated using the words “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “Listen, Baasha. I will completely sweep away you and your family” | |
| 1275 | 16:3 | v2qh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | I will completely sweep away | 1 | Sweeping away represents destroying. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy” | |
| 1276 | 16:5 | t3j3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? | 1 | This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Baasha is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1277 | 16:5 | l8gg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1278 | 16:6 | xf6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Baasha slept with his ancestors | 1 | Sleeping is a euphemism that represents dying. Alternate translation: “Baasha died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Baasha died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1279 | 16:6 | fp23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | was buried | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” | |
| 1280 | 16:6 | s4vm | Tirzah | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). | ||
| 1281 | 16:6 | wwv5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | became king in his place | 1 | The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Baasha” | |
| 1282 | 16:7 | u6cg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the word of Yahweh came | 1 | This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” | |
| 1283 | 16:7 | q8l2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | all the evil that he did in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “all the things that Baasha that are evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “all the things that Baaha did that Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1284 | 16:7 | cw1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | so as to provoke him to anger | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **anger**, you can express the same idea with the adjective “angry.” Alternate translation: “so as to make Yahweh very angry” or “that made God very angry” | |
| 1285 | 16:7 | zvf1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | with the work of his hands | 1 | Here Basha is represented by his “hands.” This speaks of all of his actions as his “work.” Alternate translation: “by the things Baasha had done” | |
| 1286 | 16:8 | d1yz | Tirzah | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). | ||
| 1287 | 16:9 | v34c | His servant Zimri | 1 | Alternate translation: “Elah’s servant Zimri” | ||
| 1288 | 16:9 | vbl5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | captain of half his chariots | 1 | The word “chariots” here represents the soldiers who drove the chariots. Alternate translation: “captain of half his chariot drivers” | |
| 1289 | 16:9 | b7jv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | drinking himself drunk | 1 | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “drinking so much wine that he was getting drunk” or “getting drunk” | |
| 1290 | 16:9 | x8kj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | who was over the household | 1 | Being over the household represents being in charge of the things in King Elah’s house. Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the things in the Elah’s house” | |
| 1291 | 16:10 | zq6c | attacked him and killed him | 1 | Alternate translation: “attacked and killed Elah” | ||
| 1292 | 16:10 | ds8n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | became king in his place | 1 | The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Elah” | |
| 1293 | 16:11 | t76c | He did not leave alive a single male | 1 | This means that he killed all the men and boys. Alternate translation: “He did not leave even one male alive” | ||
| 1294 | 16:12 | ea4j | the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1295 | 16:12 | fqc5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | which he spoke against Baasha by Jehu the prophet | 1 | Speaking “by” a prophet represents telling a prophet to speak and the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh told Jehu the prophet to speak against Baasha” | |
| 1296 | 16:13 | n66k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | they had led Israel to sin | 1 | Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “they had influenced Israel to sin” | |
| 1297 | 16:13 | qs12 | they had led Israel to sin | 1 | Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes of Israel. Baasha and Elah had been their king. | ||
| 1298 | 16:13 | xwa9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | they provoked Yahweh, the God of Israel, to anger with their idols | 1 | God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “they made Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped idols” | |
| 1299 | 16:13 | ny8r | the God of Israel | 1 | Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. | ||
| 1300 | 16:14 | ft5q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | are they not written … kings of Israel? | 1 | This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Elah is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1301 | 16:14 | bu87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written … Israel? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1302 | 16:15 | uz3t | Tirzah | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). | ||
| 1303 | 16:15 | r7bx | the army was camped by Gibbethon | 1 | The word “army” refers to the army of the kingdom of Israel. | ||
| 1304 | 16:15 | ttm4 | Gibbethon | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 15:27](../15/27.md). | ||
| 1305 | 16:16 | aj11 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The army camped there heard it said | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers who camped there heard someone say” | |
| 1306 | 16:16 | vri9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | all Israel | 1 | Both times this phrase is used, it represents the army of Israel. Here the word “all” is a generalization meaning “most.” Alternate translation: “all the army of Israel” or “most of the soldiers in the army of Israel” or “the army of Israel” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1307 | 16:18 | zuq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | that the city had been taken | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Omri and the army had taken the city” | |
| 1308 | 16:19 | g6bs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1309 | 16:19 | a7t3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walking in the way of Jeroboam | 1 | Here walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “doing the same things that Jeroboam had done” | |
| 1310 | 16:19 | ldy3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | so as to lead Israel to sin | 1 | Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “so as to influence Israel to sin” | |
| 1311 | 16:20 | i7gi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | the treason that he carried out | 1 | This treason refers to Zimri’s plot to kill Elah, the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “how he plotted against King Elah” or “how he killed the king of Israel” | |
| 1312 | 16:20 | b9u9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? | 1 | This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Zimri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1313 | 16:20 | ai9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written … Israel? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1314 | 16:21 | g8g1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | followed Tibni … followed Omri | 1 | Here “followed” represents supporting or wanting to make him king. Alternate translation: “supported Tibni son of Ginath, to make him king, and half supported Omri” or “wanted to make Tibni son of Ginath king, and half wanted to make Omri king” | |
| 1315 | 16:22 | va8c | were stronger than the people who followed Tibni | 1 | Alternate translation: “overpowered the people who followed Tibni” | ||
| 1316 | 16:23 | g715 | Tirzah | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md). | ||
| 1317 | 16:24 | dcc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shemer | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 1318 | 16:24 | utw5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight | two talents of silver | 1 | You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about 66 kilograms of silver” | |
| 1319 | 16:24 | gm4y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | He built a city | 1 | The word “He” refers to Omri. He commanded people to build the city. Alternate translation: “Omri had his people build a city” or “Omri commanded and his workers built a city” | |
| 1320 | 16:24 | mkr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | after the name of Shemer | 1 | This is an idiom that means “to honor Shemer” or “so that people would remember Shemer.” | |
| 1321 | 16:25 | q5vd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1322 | 16:26 | qj4k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walked in all the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat | 1 | Walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did all the same things that Jeroboam son of Nebat did” | |
| 1323 | 16:26 | ysn6 | in his sins by which he led Israel to sin | 1 | Possible meanings are that **his** and **he** refer to: (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam. | ||
| 1324 | 16:26 | kr8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | in his sins | 1 | Possible meanings are walking in his sins represents: (1) sinning as Jeroboam sinned. Alternate translation: “he sinned as Jeroboam sinned” or (2) or sinning habitually. Alternate translation: “he sinned habitually” | |
| 1325 | 16:26 | fza3 | by which he led Israel to sin | 1 | Leading people to sin represents influencing them to sin. Alternate translation: “his sins, by which he influenced Israel to sin” or “and by sinning like this, he influenced people to sin. | ||
| 1326 | 16:26 | yj3n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | to provoke Yahweh … to be angry with their worthless idols | 1 | God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 16:13](../16/13.md). Alternate translation: “to make Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped worthless idols” | |
| 1327 | 16:26 | w3zc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | their worthless idols | 1 | The word “worthless” here reminds people that idols are worthless because they cannot do anything. Alternate translation: “their idols, which are worthless” or “their idols, which are useless” | |
| 1328 | 16:26 | nw91 | the God of Israel | 1 | Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. | ||
| 1329 | 16:27 | zmg3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? | 1 | This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Omri is in this other book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1330 | 16:27 | rt47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written … Israel? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” | |
| 1331 | 16:28 | a9le | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Omri slept with his ancestors | 1 | The euphemism “sleeping” here represents dying. Alternate translation: “Omri died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Omri died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1332 | 16:28 | gt7t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | became king in his place | 1 | The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Omri” | |
| 1333 | 16:30 | q8y5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment. Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1334 | 16:31 | n5da | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | It was to Ahab a trivial thing to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat | 1 | This implies that Ahab wanted to commit worse sins. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “It was as if Ahab thought that walking in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat was not enough” | |
| 1335 | 16:31 | va54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | It was to Ahab a trivial thing | 1 | This is an idiom. The phrase “to Ahab” means that Ahab considered or thought something. Alternate translation: “Ahab considered it a trivial thing” or “Ahab thought that it was not enough” | |
| 1336 | 16:31 | hhh6 | a trivial thing | 1 | Alternate translation: “an insignificant thing” or “not enough” | ||
| 1337 | 16:31 | ahs1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat | 1 | Walking in Jeroboam’s sins represents sinning as Jeroboam had sinned. Alternate translation: “to sin as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned” | |
| 1338 | 16:31 | xc3m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | worshiped Baal and bowed down to him | 1 | These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to him” describes the posture that people used in worship. | |
| 1339 | 16:33 | bu6m | the God of Israel | 1 | Here the word “Israel” refers to the nation of Israel, which consisted of twelve tribes. | ||
| 1340 | 16:33 | vl7q | the kings of Israel | 1 | Here the word “Israel” refers to the kingdom of Israel, which consisted of ten tribes. | ||
| 1341 | 16:34 | f89k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | at the cost of the life of Abiram, his firstborn son | 1 | The consequence of building the city is spoken of as if it were a cost that Hiel paid. Alternate translation: “and the consequence of his sin was that Abiram, his firstborn son, died” | |
| 1342 | 16:34 | ph6w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Segub, his youngest son, lost his life | 1 | Dying is spoken of as if he lost his life. Alternate translation: “Segub, his youngest son, died” | |
| 1343 | 16:34 | zh2d | while he was building the gates of the city | 1 | Alternate translation: “while Hiel was building the gates of the city” | ||
| 1344 | 16:34 | be9n | in keeping with the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “according to the word of Yahweh” | ||
| 1345 | 16:34 | lvt5 | the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1346 | 16:34 | zx6j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun | 1 | Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” | |
| 1347 | 17:intro | abch | 0 | # 1 Kings 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Baal worship\n\nAhab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) | |||
| 1348 | 17:1 | brj9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | the Tishbite | 1 | This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. | |
| 1349 | 17:1 | q3t1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Tishbe | 1 | This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. | |
| 1350 | 17:1 | ub3q | As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives | 1 | This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. | ||
| 1351 | 17:1 | zi1b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | before whom I stand | 1 | This is an idiom that means “to serve.” Alternate translation: “whom I serve” | |
| 1352 | 17:1 | ag4n | dew | 1 | drops of water that form on the plants during the night | ||
| 1353 | 17:2 | tv69 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | The word of Yahweh came | 1 | This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” | |
| 1354 | 17:3 | nq5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Kerith | 1 | This is the name of a very small stream. | |
| 1355 | 17:4 | v8hk | It will happen that | 1 | This phrase is used to introduce how Yahweh will take care of Elijah during the drought. Alternate translation: “There” | ||
| 1356 | 17:4 | h5yw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ravens | 1 | large, black birds | |
| 1357 | 17:5 | vf5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | as the word of Yahweh commanded | 1 | Here “the word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” | |
| 1358 | 17:5 | a3bc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | the brook Kerith | 1 | This is the name of a very small stream. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 17:2](../17/02.md). | |
| 1359 | 17:7 | tr8k | in the land | 1 | Alternate translation: “in that area” or “in that country” | ||
| 1360 | 17:8 | jh2h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | The word of Yahweh came | 1 | This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” | |
| 1361 | 17:8 | rd8p | came to him | 1 | Here the word “him” refers to Elijah. | ||
| 1362 | 17:9 | l4d5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Zarephath | 1 | This is a town. | |
| 1363 | 17:9 | cd5n | Look, I | 1 | Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: I” | ||
| 1364 | 17:12 | ve6z | As Yahweh your God lives | 1 | This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what she will say is true. | ||
| 1365 | 17:12 | rx57 | only a handful of meal | 1 | Alternate translation: “only a little bit of meal” | ||
| 1366 | 17:12 | y3lh | meal | 1 | “flour.” This what is used to make bread. | ||
| 1367 | 17:12 | zu4d | See, I | 1 | Alternate translation: “Let me tell you what I am doing: I” | ||
| 1368 | 17:12 | p5db | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | two sticks | 1 | This may refer to two sticks or to only a few sticks. | |
| 1369 | 17:12 | b86l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | that we may eat it, and die | 1 | It is implied that they will die because they do not have anymore food. Alternate translation: “that we may eat. Afterwards, we will starve to death” | |
| 1370 | 17:13 | ccq3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | afterward make some for you and for your son | 1 | It is implicit that there would be enough flour and oil to make more bread. | |
| 1371 | 17:14 | pej5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | Yahweh sends rain | 1 | This is an idiom that means Yahweh causes it to rain. Alternate translation: “Yahweh causes rain to fall” | |
| 1372 | 17:15 | vbj6 | She and Elijah, along with her household, ate for many days | 1 | In the original language it says, “And she and he and her household ate for many days.” It is unclear who “he” is. This could mean: (1) Elijah, the widow, and her son ate for many days or (2) the widow, her son, and everyone living in her house ate for many days or (3) Elijah, the widow, and everyone living in her house ate for many days. | ||
| 1373 | 17:15 | ziz7 | along with her household | 1 | Possible meanings for **household** are: (1) this refers only to the widow’s son or (2) this refers to other people who live in her house but are not named in the story or (3) this refers to her son and others living in her house. | ||
| 1374 | 17:16 | x364 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | just as the word of Yahweh had said | 1 | Here “word” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said” | |
| 1375 | 17:17 | bp54 | the woman’s son, the woman who owned the house | 1 | Alternate translation: “the son of the woman who owned the house” | ||
| 1376 | 17:17 | g2ey | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | there was no more breath left in him | 1 | This is a polite way of saying the boy died. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” | |
| 1377 | 17:18 | a1dd | man of God | 1 | The phrase “man of God” is another title for a prophet. | ||
| 1378 | 17:18 | c2gx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | of my sin | 1 | This means sins in general not a specific sin. Alternate translation: “of my sins” | |
| 1379 | 17:19 | a6d1 | where he was staying | 1 | Here “he” refers to Elijah. | ||
| 1380 | 17:19 | v27l | on his own bed | 1 | Here “his” refers to Elijah. | ||
| 1381 | 17:20 | q8bc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | have you also brought disaster on the widow with whom I am staying, by killing her son? | 1 | This could mean: (1) Elijah is truly asking a question. Alternate translation: “why would you cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” or (2) Elijah uses a question to express how sad he is. Alternate translation: “surely, you would not cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son” | |
| 1382 | 17:20 | lhy9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | have you also brought disaster on the widow | 1 | Causing the widow to suffer is spoken of as if “disaster” were an object that is placed on the widow. | |
| 1383 | 17:20 | h37t | also brought disaster | 1 | Here “also” means in addition to the disaster that the drought has caused. | ||
| 1384 | 17:21 | swr1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | stretched himself on the child | 1 | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “lay on top of the child” | |
| 1385 | 17:22 | h2wp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Yahweh listened to the voice of Elijah | 1 | Here “voice” represents what Elijah prayed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh answered Elijah’s prayer” | |
| 1386 | 17:22 | nv6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | the life of the child returned to him, and he revived | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “the child came back to life” or “the child lived again” | |
| 1387 | 17:23 | aut1 | his room | 1 | Here “his” refers to Elijah. | ||
| 1388 | 17:23 | e1te | See, your son is alive | 1 | The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. | ||
| 1389 | 17:24 | m6yc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true | 1 | “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” | |
| 1390 | 18:intro | abci | 0 | # 1 Kings 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Baal\n\nGod proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Humor\n\nElijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |||
| 1391 | 18:1 | l7sw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the word of Yahweh came | 1 | This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” | |
| 1392 | 18:1 | q2by | send rain on the land | 1 | Alternate translation: “cause rain to fall on the land” | ||
| 1393 | 18:2 | lc7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | now the famine was severe | 1 | The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. | |
| 1394 | 18:3 | c24p | Now Obadiah honored Yahweh | 1 | The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story. | ||
| 1395 | 18:4 | i9am | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | one hundred prophets and hid them by fifties | 1 | “100 prophets and hid them in groups of 50” | |
| 1396 | 18:5 | vpi8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | save the horses and mules alive … not lose all the animals | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “prevent the horses and mules from dying” | |
| 1397 | 18:6 | izg5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Ahab went one way by himself and Obadiah went another way | 1 | The phrase “by himself” emphasizes that Ahab and Obadiah went in separate directions, not necessarily that no one was with Ahab. Alternate translation: “Ahab lead a team in one direction and Obadiah lead a team in the other direction” | |
| 1398 | 18:7 | qz9f | master Elijah | 1 | Here the word “master” is used as a term of respect. | ||
| 1399 | 18:8 | fu6g | Go tell your master, ‘Look, Elijah is here.’ | 1 | Here the word “master” refers to Ahab. | ||
| 1400 | 18:8 | bil9 | Look, Elijah | 1 | Alternate translation: “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Elijah” | ||
| 1401 | 18:9 | a65p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | How have I sinned … for him to kill me? | 1 | Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahab’s anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: “I have not wronged you … for him to kill me.” | |
| 1402 | 18:9 | ry4r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | give your servant into the hand of Ahab | 1 | “Hand” is metonymy for power and control. Alternate translation: “deliver your servant to Ahab” | |
| 1403 | 18:9 | hmu9 | your servant | 1 | Obadiah refers to himself as Elijah’s servant in order to honor Elijah. | ||
| 1404 | 18:10 | j1sm | As Yahweh your God lives | 1 | This is an oath used to emphasize that what he is saying is true. | ||
| 1405 | 18:10 | n7bq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | there is no nation or kingdom where my master has not sent men | 1 | Here “no nation or kingdom” is an exaggeration that means that men have traveled very far and gone to many places to find Elijah. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “my master has sent men to nations and kingdoms near and far” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 1406 | 18:11 | nlb6 | Yet now | 1 | This phrase is used to emphasize the danger in what Elijah is telling Obadiah to do. | ||
| 1407 | 18:13 | zrj6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Has it not been told to you … with bread and water? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Surely you have been told about what I did … with bread and water!” | |
| 1408 | 18:13 | v2va | my master | 1 | Here the word “master” is a term of respect used to refer to Elijah. | ||
| 1409 | 18:13 | u3ge | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | one hundred of Yahweh’s prophets by fifties | 1 | “100 of Yahweh’s prophets in groups of 50” | |
| 1410 | 18:14 | h867 | Go and tell your master that Elijah is here | 1 | See how you translated these words in [1 Kings 18:11](../18/11.md). | ||
| 1411 | 18:14 | sup2 | your master | 1 | Here “master” refers to King Ahab. | ||
| 1412 | 18:15 | y5q4 | As Yahweh of hosts lives | 1 | This is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true. | ||
| 1413 | 18:15 | jrz6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | before whom I stand | 1 | To “stand before” is an idiom for being in someone’s presence and ready to serve him. Alternate translation: “whom I serve” | |
| 1414 | 18:16 | c9p2 | told him what Elijah said | 1 | Alternate translation: “Obadiah told Ahab what Elijah had told him to say” | ||
| 1415 | 18:17 | i2jy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Is it you? You are the one who brings trouble to Israel! | 1 | Ahab asks the question for emphasis to be certain about Elijah’s identity. Alternate translation: “So here you are. You are the troublemaker of Israel!” | |
| 1416 | 18:19 | gz7q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | all Israel | 1 | This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1417 | 18:19 | n9nh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 450 prophets | 1 | “four hundred and fifty prophets” | |
| 1418 | 18:19 | nzp4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | four hundred prophets | 1 | “400 prophets” | |
| 1419 | 18:20 | vwk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | sent word to … and gathered | 1 | “Word” represents Ahab’s message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: “sent a message to … and gathered” or “sent a messenger to summon … to gather” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1420 | 18:21 | v7v9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | How long will you keep changing your mind? | 1 | Elijah asks this question to urge the people to make a decision. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have been indecisive for long enough.” | |
| 1421 | 18:21 | na5a | did not answer him a word | 1 | Alternate translation: “did not say anything” or “were silent” | ||
| 1422 | 18:22 | l1ig | I, I alone, am left | 1 | The word “I” is repeated for emphasis. | ||
| 1423 | 18:22 | z9im | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 450 men | 1 | “four hundred and fifty men” | |
| 1424 | 18:24 | fch4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | call on the name of your god … call on the name of Yahweh | 1 | “Name” is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and “calling on” him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: “call to your god … call to Yahweh” | |
| 1425 | 18:24 | i2cc | all the people answered and said, “This is good.” | 1 | Alternate translation: “all the people said, ‘This is a good thing to do.’” | ||
| 1426 | 18:25 | b41u | prepare it | 1 | Alternate translation: “make it ready to be sacrificed” | ||
| 1427 | 18:25 | y7cs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | you are many people | 1 | Here the word “you” is plural. | |
| 1428 | 18:26 | rj67 | They took the bull | 1 | Alternate translation: “The prophets of Baal took the bull” | ||
| 1429 | 18:26 | n37t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the bull that was given to them | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bull that someone gave them” | |
| 1430 | 18:26 | gs4d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | But there was no voice, nor anyone who answered | 1 | These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that there was no one to respond to the prayers of the false prophets. The word “voice” represents someone speaking. Alternate translation: “But Baal did not say or do anything” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 1431 | 18:27 | mi46 | Perhaps he is thinking | 1 | Alternate translation: “Maybe he is thinking” or “It could be that he is thinking” | ||
| 1432 | 18:27 | qb2g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | relieving himself | 1 | This euphemism is a more pleasant way to express a harsh statement. Elijah uses understatement to insult Baal with sarcasm. Alternate translation: “in the bathroom” | |
| 1433 | 18:27 | pz9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | must be awakened | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must awaken him” or “you must wake him up” | |
| 1434 | 18:29 | sx2c | they were still raving | 1 | “they continued their wild behavior.” Prophets often acted in ways that seemed unusual or even crazy. In this case they were calling on Baal while dancing, shouting loudly, and cutting themselves with knives. | ||
| 1435 | 18:29 | d4cs | of offering of the evening sacrifice | 1 | Alternate translation: “to offer the evening sacrifice” | ||
| 1436 | 18:29 | h5ce | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | but there was no voice or anyone to answer; there was no one who paid any attention to their pleadings | 1 | These phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that no one responded to the prayers of the false prophets. Alternate translation: “but Baal did not say or do anything or even pay attention” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1437 | 18:29 | lpf9 | there was no voice or anyone to answer | 1 | See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:26](../18/26.md). | ||
| 1438 | 18:31 | n18f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | twelve stones | 1 | “12 stones” | |
| 1439 | 18:32 | yy3l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | in the name of Yahweh | 1 | “Name” here is a metonym for honor and reputation. This could mean: (1) “to honor Yahweh” or (2) “with the authority of Yahweh.” | |
| 1440 | 18:32 | gh4y | trench | 1 | a small waterway to hold water | ||
| 1441 | 18:32 | kp7z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume | two seahs of seeds | 1 | A seah is a unit of volume equal to about 7.7 liters. Alternate translation: “about 15 liters of seeds” | |
| 1442 | 18:33 | m699 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | He arranged the wood for a fire | 1 | “On the altar” where he placed the wood is assumed in this sentence. Alternate translation: “He put the wood for a fire on the altar” | |
| 1443 | 18:33 | sh1g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | four jars | 1 | “4 jars” | |
| 1444 | 18:33 | u4fl | jars | 1 | A jar is a container for water. | ||
| 1445 | 18:35 | v15z | trench | 1 | See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:30](../18/30.md). | ||
| 1446 | 18:36 | xs1m | It happened | 1 | This phrase is used here to reference a significant and meaningful time of the day in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 1447 | 18:36 | ajj4 | Yahweh, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Israel | 1 | Here “Israel” is referring to Jacob. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel (Genesis 32:28), and God named the nation of Jacob’s descendants “Israel.” | ||
| 1448 | 18:36 | xuh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | let it be known this day | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make these people know today” | |
| 1449 | 18:37 | url2 | Hear me … hear me | 1 | This phrase is repeated to emphasize the appeal of Elijah to Yahweh. | ||
| 1450 | 18:37 | dq2u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | turned their heart back again to yourself | 1 | The people’s “heart” is a metonym for the affection and loyalty of the people. Alternate translation: “caused them to be loyal to you again” | |
| 1451 | 18:38 | wf4a | the fire of Yahweh fell | 1 | Alternate translation: “the fire of Yahweh came down” | ||
| 1452 | 18:38 | xyn4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | licked up | 1 | The fire is compared to a thirsty person drinking water. | |
| 1453 | 18:39 | z3jq | Yahweh, he is God! Yahweh, he is God! | 1 | This phrase is repeated for emphasis. | ||
| 1454 | 18:41 | f9b6 | there is the sound of much rain | 1 | Alternate translation: “it sounds like it is going to rain a lot” | ||
| 1455 | 18:42 | uvi2 | bowed himself down on the earth and put his face between his knees | 1 | This describes a posture used for praying. | ||
| 1456 | 18:43 | cch7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | seven times | 1 | The word “seven” can be rendered as the numeral “7.” Alternate translation: “7 times” | |
| 1457 | 18:44 | w1db | as small as a man’s hand | 1 | From a long distance, the cloud could be covered from sight by a man’s hand. | ||
| 1458 | 18:45 | iv5m | It happened | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 1459 | 18:46 | y3cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah | 1 | Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” | |
| 1460 | 18:46 | jqk4 | tucked his robe in his belt | 1 | Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running. | ||
| 1461 | 19:intro | abcj | 0 | # 1 Kings 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nThe queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]]) | |||
| 1462 | 19:2 | s2y6 | So may the gods do to me, and more also | 1 | This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things” | ||
| 1463 | 19:2 | sp3r | if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets | 1 | Alternate translation: “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets” | ||
| 1464 | 19:3 | hkc1 | he arose | 1 | Alternate translation: “he stood up” | ||
| 1465 | 19:4 | nzy9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | he himself went a day’s journey | 1 | The word “himself” is used to emphasize that he was alone. Alternate translation: “he walked by himself for a day” | |
| 1466 | 19:4 | za2u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | broom tree | 1 | A “broom tree” is a plant that grows in the desert. | |
| 1467 | 19:4 | c1v2 | He requested for himself that he might die | 1 | Alternate translation: “He prayed that he would die” | ||
| 1468 | 19:4 | shx5 | It is enough, now, Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “These troubles are too much for me, Yahweh” | ||
| 1469 | 19:6 | q2lf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | bread that had been baked on coals | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread that someone had cooked on hot stones” | |
| 1470 | 19:6 | hjt1 | jug of water | 1 | Alternate translation: “a container of water” | ||
| 1471 | 19:7 | ik82 | will be too much for you | 1 | Alternate translation: “will be too difficult for you.” | ||
| 1472 | 19:8 | j9yv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | he traveled in the strength of that food forty days and forty nights | 1 | “that food gave him energy to travel for 40 days and 40 nights” | |
| 1473 | 19:9 | br24 | to a cave there | 1 | Here the word “there” refers to Mount Horeb. A cave is an opening in a mountainside that leads to a natural room or rooms underground. | ||
| 1474 | 19:9 | j8ia | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the word of Yahweh came to him and said to him, “What | 1 | The idiom “The word of Yahweh came to,” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to him. He said, ‘What” or “Yahweh spoke this message to him: ‘What” | |
| 1475 | 19:9 | nh7j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | What are you doing here, Elijah? | 1 | Yahweh asks this question to rebuke Elijah and to remind him of his duty. Alternate translation: “This is not where you should be, Elijah.” | |
| 1476 | 19:10 | zg3n | I, only I, am left | 1 | Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis. | ||
| 1477 | 19:11 | i185 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | on the mountain before me | 1 | “Before me” here is an idiom for standing in front of someone. Alternate translation: “on the mountain in my presence” | |
| 1478 | 19:13 | t1l2 | he wrapped his face in his cloak | 1 | “he covered his face with his cloak” A cloak is a long robe, a piece of clothing that covers the whole body. | ||
| 1479 | 19:13 | ps2e | Then a voice came to him | 1 | Alternate translation: “Then he heard a voice” | ||
| 1480 | 19:13 | ht8c | What are you doing here, Elijah? | 1 | See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:9](../19/09.md). | ||
| 1481 | 19:14 | q17u | Elijah replied, “I have been very zealous … and they are also trying to take my life.” | 1 | See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:10](../19/10.md). | ||
| 1482 | 19:14 | d39a | I, only I, am left | 1 | Here the word “I” is repeated for emphasis. | ||
| 1483 | 19:16 | s3y3 | prophet in your place | 1 | Alternate translation: “prophet instead of you” | ||
| 1484 | 19:17 | be8f | It will happen | 1 | This phrase is used to introduce what will happen when Elijah does what Yahweh has told him to do. “What will happen is” | ||
| 1485 | 19:17 | j4vp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | whoever escapes from the sword of Hazael | 1 | “Sword” is metonymy for killing as in battle. Alternate translation: “whomever Hazael does not kill with the sword” | |
| 1486 | 19:18 | zix5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | I will leave for myself | 1 | Here the words “I” and “myself” refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will save from death” | |
| 1487 | 19:18 | jyx3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | seven thousand people | 1 | “7,000 people” | |
| 1488 | 19:18 | n188 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | whose knees have not bent down to Baal, and whose mouths have not kissed him | 1 | “Bending down” and “kissing” are metonymies for actions people did to worship idols. They are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “who have not bowed down and kissed Baal” or “who have not worshiped Baal” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1489 | 19:19 | iy4x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Shaphat | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 1490 | 19:19 | ddp6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | twelve yoke of oxen | 1 | “12 yoke of oxen” | |
| 1491 | 19:19 | m3gy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke | 1 | The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1492 | 19:20 | jye9 | he said, “Please | 1 | The word “he” refers to Elisha. | ||
| 1493 | 19:21 | s7a5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | he gave it to the people | 1 | Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. | |
| 1494 | 20:intro | abck | 0 | # 1 Kings 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Battle\n\nGod had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nThere were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |||
| 1495 | 20:1 | i4ar | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ben Hadad | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 1496 | 20:1 | qfr1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | thirty-two lesser kings | 1 | “32 lesser kings” | |
| 1497 | 20:1 | ai8j | lesser kings | 1 | Alternate translation: “kings ruling smaller groups of people” | ||
| 1498 | 20:4 | d2xe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | It is as you say | 1 | This is an idiom to express agreement. Alternate translation: “I agree with you” | |
| 1499 | 20:6 | xa8s | tomorrow about this time | 1 | Alternate translation: “tomorrow at the same time of day that it is now” | ||
| 1500 | 20:6 | r8pa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | whatever pleases their eyes | 1 | Here the “eyes” represent the whole person and emphasize them looking at something and desiring it. Alternate translation: “whatever pleases them” | |
| 1501 | 20:7 | it6r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | of the land | 1 | “The land” represents all the people living there. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” | |
| 1502 | 20:7 | aza4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | take note and see | 1 | “Take note” here is an idiom to observe carefully. Alternate translation: “pay close attention to” | |
| 1503 | 20:7 | fk6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | I have not refused him | 1 | This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “I have agreed to his demands” | |
| 1504 | 20:10 | q6wd | May the gods do so to me and more also | 1 | This is an oath with great emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 19:2](../19/02.md). | ||
| 1505 | 20:10 | b77w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | if even the ashes of Samaria will be enough for all the people who follow me to have a handful each | 1 | Ben Hadad is threatening that his army will totally destroy everything in Samaria. | |
| 1506 | 20:11 | y7fk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | Tell Ben Hadad, ‘No one who is just putting on his armor … as if he were taking it off.’ | 1 | This is an expression to give advice. “Putting on armor” is metonymy for getting prepared for battle. “Tell Ben Hadad, ‘Do not boast as if you have already won a battle that you have not yet fought.’” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1507 | 20:13 | f4sp | Then behold | 1 | The word “behold” alerts us to the sudden appearance of a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. | ||
| 1508 | 20:13 | up43 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Have you seen this great army? | 1 | Yahweh asks this question to emphasize the size and strength of Ben Hadad’s army. Alternate translation: “Look at this great army.” | |
| 1509 | 20:13 | xw3c | Look, I will place it into your hand today | 1 | The word “Look” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. | ||
| 1510 | 20:13 | ci7b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | place it into your hand | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over that army” | |
| 1511 | 20:14 | ni9c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | By whom? | 1 | Ahab leaves out the words ‘will you do this’ Alternate translation: “By whom will you do this?” | |
| 1512 | 20:15 | pgh1 | Ahab mustered the young officers | 1 | Alternate translation: “Ahab assembled the young officers” | ||
| 1513 | 20:15 | ftl5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | all the soldiers, all the army of Israel | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. | |
| 1514 | 20:15 | w3bd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | seven thousand | 1 | “7,000” | |
| 1515 | 20:16 | x62f | They went out | 1 | Here the word “They” refers to the Israelite army. | ||
| 1516 | 20:16 | ta31 | thirty-two lesser kings | 1 | See how you translated this in [1 Kings 20:1](../20/01.md). | ||
| 1517 | 20:17 | i5p4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Ben Hadad was informed by scouts that he had sent out | 1 | This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Scouts that Ben Hadad had sent out informed him” | |
| 1518 | 20:17 | ke29 | scouts | 1 | A “scout” is a soldier sent to gather information about the enemy. | ||
| 1519 | 20:18 | l7k4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | Ben Hadad said | 1 | It is understood that Ben Hadad is speaking to his soldiers. Alternate translation: “Ben Hadad said to his soldiers” | |
| 1520 | 20:18 | hqg6 | Whether they have … take them | 1 | Here “they” and “them” refer to the Israelite army. | ||
| 1521 | 20:19 | t1j4 | So the young officers … the army followed | 1 | Alternate translation: “The young Israelite officers … the Israelite army followed” | ||
| 1522 | 20:20 | e1jk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Israel pursued them | 1 | “Israel” is synecdoche for all the soldiers of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “the men of the army of Israel pursued them” | |
| 1523 | 20:21 | k7xi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | the king of Israel went out and attacked | 1 | “The king” is synecdoche for the king and all the soldiers serving under him. Alternate translation: “The king of Israel and his soldiers went out and attacked” | |
| 1524 | 20:22 | b52i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | strengthen yourself | 1 | “Yourself” represents by metonymy the army of the king. Alternate translation: “strengthen your forces” | |
| 1525 | 20:22 | g9f7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | understand and plan | 1 | These two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “determine” | |
| 1526 | 20:22 | u4ju | at the return of the year | 1 | This could mean: (1) “in the springtime of next year” or (2) “at this time next year.” | ||
| 1527 | 20:23 | kn8e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | let us fight … we will be stronger | 1 | The words “us” and “we” refer to the servants, the king, and the army all together. | |
| 1528 | 20:24 | alj2 | Remove all the kings from their positions of authority | 1 | Alternate translation: “You must remove the thirty-two kings who are leading your troops” | ||
| 1529 | 20:26 | ewh9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Aphek | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 1530 | 20:26 | h5fl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | to fight against Israel | 1 | “Israel” represents the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “to fight against the army of Israel” | |
| 1531 | 20:27 | v3ff | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | The people of Israel were mustered and supplied | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army also gathered together, and the commanders gave the arms that they needed for the battle” | |
| 1532 | 20:27 | jkv8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | like two little flocks of goats | 1 | This simile compares the Israelite army to two little flocks of goats. Alternate translation: “The Israelite army appeared to be small and weak like two flocks of goats” | |
| 1533 | 20:28 | xgs1 | a man of God | 1 | This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “a prophet” | ||
| 1534 | 20:28 | xcf5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | place this great army into your hand | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “give you victory over this great army” | |
| 1535 | 20:29 | cwx6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | seven days | 1 | “7 days” | |
| 1536 | 20:29 | g5mm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 100,000 | 1 | “one hundred thousand” | |
| 1537 | 20:29 | n4tu | footmen | 1 | A “footman” is a soldier who marches on foot. | ||
| 1538 | 20:30 | y5le | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | The rest fled to Aphek | 1 | The expression “the rest” assumes the words “of the Aramean soldiers.” Alternate translation: “The rest of the Aramean soldiers” | |
| 1539 | 20:30 | b7gv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Aphek | 1 | This is the name of a town. | |
| 1540 | 20:30 | wi1i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | twenty-seven thousand | 1 | “27,000” | |
| 1541 | 20:31 | z4q2 | Look now | 1 | This emphasizes what they will say. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what we are about to tell you” | ||
| 1542 | 20:31 | gwi2 | put sackcloth around our waists and ropes around our heads | 1 | This was a sign of surrender. | ||
| 1543 | 20:32 | b34f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Is he still alive? | 1 | Ahab asks this question to express surprise. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that he is still alive!” | |
| 1544 | 20:32 | ch6m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | He is my brother | 1 | “My brother” here is a metaphor for somebody who is a good friend. Alternate translation: “He is like a brother to me” or “He is like family” | |
| 1545 | 20:33 | y94a | Now the men | 1 | The word “Now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | ||
| 1546 | 20:33 | e1y4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for any sign from Ahab | 1 | “Sign” is metonymy for an action that gives a meaning. Alternate translation: “for any action from Ahab that would show them that Ahab wanted to be merciful” | |
| 1547 | 20:35 | d6wp | one of the sons of the prophets | 1 | Alternate translation: “a member of the group of prophets” | ||
| 1548 | 20:35 | pr9y | the word of Yahweh | 1 | Alternate translation: “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message” | ||
| 1549 | 20:36 | dy4n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | you have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh | 1 | “The voice” is metonymy for what Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed Yahweh” | |
| 1550 | 20:39 | s9r6 | Your servant went out | 1 | The prophet refers to himself in the third person as a sign of respect to the king. | ||
| 1551 | 20:39 | cn8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | into the heat of the battle | 1 | “Heat of the battle” here is an idiom to express the most intense and fierce fighting. Alternate translation: “to where the battle was most intense” | |
| 1552 | 20:39 | t89k | your life will be given for his life | 1 | Alternate translation: “you will die in his place” | ||
| 1553 | 20:39 | n9m5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight | a talent of silver | 1 | A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms of silver” | |
| 1554 | 20:40 | q6ds | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | going here and there | 1 | This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” | |
| 1555 | 20:42 | f7yg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | let go from your hand | 1 | Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” | |
| 1556 | 20:42 | m59l | your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people | 1 | Alternate translation: “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people” | ||
| 1557 | 21:intro | abcl | 0 | # 1 Kings 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe story of Elijah continues in this chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nGod hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) | |||
| 1558 | 21:1 | j692 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | Now some time later | 1 | This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” | |
| 1559 | 21:1 | d4gf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Naboth the Jezreelite | 1 | This is the name of a man from Jezreel. | |
| 1560 | 21:1 | pe6g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | king of Samaria | 1 | “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” | |
| 1561 | 21:3 | p9pb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | May Yahweh forbid that I should give | 1 | This phrase is an oath that emphasizes that what follows will not happen. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh forbids it, I will never give” | |
| 1562 | 21:3 | sg9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | give the inheritance of my ancestors to you | 1 | The land that his ancestors received as a permanent possession is spoken of as if it were an inheritance. Alternate translation: “give to you the land that my ancestors received as an inheritance” | |
| 1563 | 21:5 | ib4e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Why is your heart so sad | 1 | Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “Why are you so sad” | |
| 1564 | 21:7 | k6fd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel? | 1 | Jezebel uses this negative rhetorical question to rebuke Ahab. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You still rule the kingdom of Israel!” | |
| 1565 | 21:7 | u9rk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | let your heart be happy | 1 | Here “heart” refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: “be happy” or “cheer up” | |
| 1566 | 21:8 | m5ey | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | wrote letters in Ahab’s name | 1 | This could mean: (1) she wrote Ahab’s name on the letters. Alternate translation: “wrote letters and signed them with Ahab’s name” or (2) the word “name” is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “wrote letters on behalf of Ahab” | |
| 1567 | 21:8 | ltl3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | the wealthy who sat with him | 1 | The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who sat with Naboth” | |
| 1568 | 21:9 | p5n4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | seat Naboth above the people | 1 | Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. Alternate translation: “have Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people” | |
| 1569 | 21:10 | l62b | let them testify against him | 1 | Alternate translation: “have them accuse him” | ||
| 1570 | 21:11 | c93g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | the wealthy who lived in Naboth’s city | 1 | The word “wealthy” refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: “the wealthy people who lived in Naboth’s city” | |
| 1571 | 21:11 | r1kv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | as was written in the letters | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as she had written in the letters” | |
| 1572 | 21:12 | c24d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | seated Naboth above the people | 1 | Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “had Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people” | |
| 1573 | 21:13 | xj2k | sat before Naboth | 1 | Alternate translation: “sat in front of Naboth” | ||
| 1574 | 21:13 | zia2 | they carried him out | 1 | Here the word “they” refers to the people of the city. | ||
| 1575 | 21:14 | cm8q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Naboth has been stoned and is dead | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have stoned Naboth and he is dead” | |
| 1576 | 21:15 | bnj9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | that Naboth had been stoned and was dead | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people had stoned Naboth and he was dead” | |
| 1577 | 21:15 | m7br | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | Naboth is not alive, but dead. | 1 | These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize Jezebel’s statement. Alternate translation: “Naboth is dead!” | |
| 1578 | 21:17 | t1mb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the word of Yahweh came | 1 | This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” | |
| 1579 | 21:19 | rh87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Have you killed and also taken possession? | 1 | Yahweh asks this question to scold Ahab. Alternate translation: “You have killed Naboth and stolen his vineyard!” | |
| 1580 | 21:19 | w2qz | your blood, yes, your blood | 1 | This is repeated for emphasis. | ||
| 1581 | 21:20 | lpq5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Have you found me, my enemy? | 1 | Ahab uses this question to express anger toward Elijah. That Elijah “found” Ahab likely refers to Elijah discovering Ahab’s actions, not to finding his physical location. Alternate translation: “You have found me, my enemy!” or “You have discovered what I have done, my enemy!” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1582 | 21:20 | sx2z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | you have sold yourself to do what is evil | 1 | A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. Alternate translation: “you have dedicated yourself to doing what is evil” | |
| 1583 | 21:20 | wi8j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what is evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1584 | 21:21 | f2w5 | See | 1 | Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” | ||
| 1585 | 21:21 | clc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | completely consume and cut off from you every male child and slave and free man in Israel | 1 | Yahweh speaks of destroying Ahab’s family and preventing him from having any decedents as if he were consuming these people like a fire would consume them, and cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “destroy every one of your male children in Israel, whether slave or free” | |
| 1586 | 21:22 | d8kb | I will make your family like the family of Jeroboam … and like the family of Baasha | 1 | Yahweh will destroy Ahab’s family like he destroyed the families of Jeroboam and Baasha. | ||
| 1587 | 21:24 | rcg1 | Anyone who belongs to Ahab | 1 | Alternate translation: “Anyone who belongs to Ahab’s family” | ||
| 1588 | 21:25 | m85z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | who sold himself to do what was evil | 1 | A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:20](../21/20.md). Alternate translation: “who dedicated himself to doing what was evil” | |
| 1589 | 21:25 | rh8u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | The phrase, “in the sight of” refers to someone’s opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considers to be evil” | |
| 1590 | 21:26 | cz5w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | removed before the people of Israel | 1 | Here “Israel” refers to all twelve tribes of Israel and not just to the northern kingdom. Alternate translation: “removed from the presence of the people of Israel” or “drove out of the land before the people of Israel” | |
| 1591 | 21:28 | lq1t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | the word of Yahweh came | 1 | This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” | |
| 1592 | 21:29 | hf8k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? | 1 | God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” | |
| 1593 | 21:29 | cf9j | in his days … in his son’s day | 1 | Alternate translation: “during his lifetime … during his son’s lifetime” | ||
| 1594 | 22:intro | abcm | 0 | # 1 Kings 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\nWhen God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”\nAt the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]]) | |||
| 1595 | 22:1 | hhf8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | Three years | 1 | “3 years” | |
| 1596 | 22:2 | d41e | it came about that | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 1597 | 22:3 | nn96 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? | 1 | Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” | |
| 1598 | 22:3 | dn17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | to take it from the hand of the king of Aram | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “to take it from the control of the king of Aram” | |
| 1599 | 22:4 | wr99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | I am like you, my people are like your people, and my horses are like your horses | 1 | Jehoshaphat tells Ahab that he, his people, and his horses belong to Ahab, meaning that Ahab can command them as he pleases. Alternate translation: “I, my soldiers, and my horses are yours to use in any way you want” | |
| 1600 | 22:6 | jtc3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | four hundred men | 1 | “400 men” | |
| 1601 | 22:6 | z1lr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | for the Lord will give it into the hand of the king | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “for the Lord will allow the king to capture Ramoth Gilead” | |
| 1602 | 22:8 | ryn8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | May the king not say that | 1 | Jehoshaphat refers to Ahab in the third person to show respect for him. Alternate translation: “You should not say that” | |
| 1603 | 22:11 | q3wp | made himself horns of iron | 1 | Alternate translation: “made iron horns for himself” | ||
| 1604 | 22:11 | z3iy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | With these you will push the Arameans until they are consumed | 1 | The prophet’s actions are a symbolic metaphor that illustrates the way that Ahab would defeat the Arameans. Ahab’s army will win with great strength, as a bull attacks another animal. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1605 | 22:11 | lyv3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | until they are consumed | 1 | Destroying an enemy army is spoken of as if it were consuming them. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until you consume them” or “until you destroy them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1606 | 22:12 | yq7h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | given it into the hand of the king | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “allowed the king to capture it” | |
| 1607 | 22:13 | n4rn | Now look | 1 | Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” | ||
| 1608 | 22:13 | p99w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | the words of the prophets declare good things to the king with one mouth | 1 | The prophets all saying the same thing is spoken of as if they all spoke with the same mouth. Alternate translation: “the prophets all declare the same good things to the king” | |
| 1609 | 22:13 | mzz9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | let your word be like one of them | 1 | Here the word “them” refers to “the words of the prophets.” Alternate translation: “let what you say agree with what they have said” | |
| 1610 | 22:15 | f1wd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | should we go | 1 | The word “we” refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah. | |
| 1611 | 22:15 | qtv9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | will give it into the hand of the king | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “will allow the king to capture it” | |
| 1612 | 22:16 | pk5t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | How many times must I require … in the name of Yahweh? | 1 | Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Many times I have required … in the name of Yahweh.” | |
| 1613 | 22:16 | mg9p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | in the name of Yahweh | 1 | Here the word “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “as the representative of Yahweh” | |
| 1614 | 22:17 | c1di | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | I saw all Israel | 1 | Here “all Israel” refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “I saw the entire army of Israel” | |
| 1615 | 22:17 | wa5p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | like sheep who have no shepherd | 1 | The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died. | |
| 1616 | 22:17 | ql8m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | These have no shepherd | 1 | Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: “These people no longer have a leader” | |
| 1617 | 22:18 | h4mu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Did I not tell you … but only disaster? | 1 | Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: “I told you … but only disaster!” | |
| 1618 | 22:20 | q5js | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | fall at Ramoth Gilead | 1 | Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: “die at Ramoth Gilead” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1619 | 22:20 | zk2g | One of them said … and another one said | 1 | “One … and another” refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh’s question in the previous verse. | ||
| 1620 | 22:22 | q6fy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | be a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets | 1 | Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “cause all his prophets to speak lies” | |
| 1621 | 22:23 | i9ww | see | 1 | Alternate translation: “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important” | ||
| 1622 | 22:23 | ty8p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | has put a lying spirit in the mouth of all these prophets of yours | 1 | Here the word “spirit” refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words “the mouth” represents what they will say. Alternate translation: “has caused all of your prophets to speak lies” | |
| 1623 | 22:24 | d3pl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | Which way did the Spirit of Yahweh take to go from me to speak to you? | 1 | Zedekiah asks this sarcastic question to insult and rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: “Do not think that Yahweh’s Spirit left me to speak to you!” | |
| 1624 | 22:25 | v6m5 | Look | 1 | Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” | ||
| 1625 | 22:25 | y5wf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | you will see | 1 | “you will know the answer to your question.” If Zedekiah’s rhetorical question is translated as a statement, this phrase may be translated to supply implicit information. Alternate translation: “you will know that the Spirit of Yahweh has spoken to me” | |
| 1626 | 22:28 | jk7j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | If you return safely | 1 | This describes something that would not happen. Yahweh had already told Micaiah that the king would not return safely. | |
| 1627 | 22:29 | riq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, went up | 1 | Here the kings represent themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: “Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah led their armies up” | |
| 1628 | 22:30 | r8ev | disguise | 1 | This means to change the usual appearance so as not to be identified. | ||
| 1629 | 22:31 | whp5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | thirty-two captains | 1 | “32 captains” | |
| 1630 | 22:31 | faj9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | Do not attack unimportant or important soldiers | 1 | By mentioning both “unimportant” and “important soldiers,” the king meant all soldiers. Alternate translation: “Do not attack any of the soldiers” | |
| 1631 | 22:32 | bl44 | It came about that | 1 | This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | ||
| 1632 | 22:34 | zl68 | drew his bow at random | 1 | This could mean: (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind. | ||
| 1633 | 22:35 | yt1g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the king was held up in his chariot | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone held the king up in his chariot” | |
| 1634 | 22:36 | q7gs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | a cry went up | 1 | Here “a cry” represents the soldiers who were shouting. Alternate translation: “soldiers began to shout” | |
| 1635 | 22:36 | n2pr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | Every man should go back to his city; and every man should go back to his region | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. | |
| 1636 | 22:37 | kt8t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | was brought to Samaria | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his soldiers brought his body to Samaria” | |
| 1637 | 22:37 | g7u2 | they buried him | 1 | Alternate translation: “people buried him” | ||
| 1638 | 22:38 | hl13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | just as the word of Yahweh had declared | 1 | Here “the word of Yahweh” represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had declared” | |
| 1639 | 22:39 | wgg6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? | 1 | This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1640 | 22:40 | qin8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | slept with his ancestors | 1 | Ahab dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1641 | 22:42 | da6s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | thirty-five years old | 1 | “35 years old” | |
| 1642 | 22:42 | b42y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | twenty-five years | 1 | “25 years” | |
| 1643 | 22:43 | v7ye | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | He walked in the ways of Asa, his father | 1 | A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person walked along a path. Alternate translation: “He did the same things that Asa, his father, had done” | |
| 1644 | 22:43 | k4je | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was right in the eyes of Yahweh | 1 | Here “eyes” represents seeing and Yahweh’s opinion is spoken of as if he were able to see something. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be right” | |
| 1645 | 22:43 | ru9s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the high places were not taken away | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he did not take away the high places” | |
| 1646 | 22:45 | e4af | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? | 1 | This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” or “you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1647 | 22:48 | m82h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | the ships were wrecked | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ships wrecked” | |
| 1648 | 22:50 | l7pf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | slept with his ancestors | 1 | Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “died” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1649 | 22:50 | xx4m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | was buried with them | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him” | |
| 1650 | 22:51 | kle7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | he reigned two years | 1 | “he reigned 2 years” | |
| 1651 | 22:52 | t21s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | what was evil in the sight of Yahweh | 1 | Yahweh’s opinion regarding something is spoken of as if Yahweh were seeing that thing. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh considered to be evil” | |
| 1652 | 22:52 | l67z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | walked in the way of his father, in the way of his mother, and in the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat | 1 | A person’s behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: “did the same things that his father, mother, and Jeroboam son of Nebat had done” | |
| 1653 | 22:52 | r34u | led Israel to sin | 1 | Here the word “Israel” refers to the ten northern tribes that made up the kingdom of Israel. | ||
| 1654 | 22:53 | als8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | He served Baal and worshiped him | 1 | The words “served” and “worshiped” mean basically the same thing. | |
| 1655 | 22:53 | j7lm | the God of Israel | 1 | Here the word “Israel” refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob. |